WO2023226759A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023226759A1
WO2023226759A1 PCT/CN2023/093181 CN2023093181W WO2023226759A1 WO 2023226759 A1 WO2023226759 A1 WO 2023226759A1 CN 2023093181 W CN2023093181 W CN 2023093181W WO 2023226759 A1 WO2023226759 A1 WO 2023226759A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
network device
relay
relay device
network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/093181
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
何泓利
李雪茹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023226759A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023226759A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/155Ground-based stations
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00Data switching networks
    • H04L12/02Details
    • H04L12/12Arrangements for remote connection or disconnection of substations or of equipment thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/20Selecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • Relay equipment can provide signal enhancement services to improve the coverage of wireless networks. If the terminal device is within the signal coverage of the relay device, the relay device needs to open its own forwarding channel to provide signal enhancement services for the terminal device. If there is no terminal device associated with the relay device within its signal coverage, the relay device needs to close its own forwarding channel to reduce its own power consumption and interference to other communication devices. How to accurately and timely control the working status of the forwarding channel of relay equipment is an issue that needs to be solved urgently.
  • This application provides a communication method and device that can accurately and timely control the working status of the forwarding channel of the relay device.
  • this application adopts the following technical solutions:
  • the first aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the first network device, or may be a chip applied in the first network device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being the first network device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the first network device determines that the first condition is met, where the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item is that the first terminal device switches from the first cell to the target cell, or the first terminal device initiates random access in the target cell.
  • the network device corresponding to the target cell is the first network device.
  • the first cell is a cell other than the target cell.
  • the first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device.
  • the first request information requests opening of a forwarding channel in the relay device.
  • the first network device sends first indication information to the relay device.
  • the first instruction information instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
  • the forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device.
  • the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the first network device when the first condition is met, can determine that the first terminal device has entered its coverage area, and therefore will also or will soon enter the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send the third terminal device to the relay device.
  • An instruction message instructs it to open the forwarding channel in advance to provide services for the first terminal device; when the second condition is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal has the need to open the forwarding channel of the relay device, and therefore, can The relay device sends first instruction information to instruct it to open a forwarding channel and provide services for the first terminal device.
  • the first request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device
  • the first instruction information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device.
  • the first request information and the first instruction information It does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal equipment and the relay equipment.
  • the available power between the first terminal equipment and the first network equipment is higher, and the transmission module has stronger capabilities, so it avoids the short-distance connection between the first terminal equipment and the first network equipment.
  • the forwarding channel is not opened in time due to poor signal quality of the connection, so as to control the working status of the forwarding channel in a timely and accurate manner.
  • the relay device can also provide signal forwarding services for other terminal devices.
  • the method before the first network device sends the first indication information to the relay device, the method further includes: the first network device determines, based on the first identification and the first association relationship, that the relay device is related to the first Terminal device association, wherein the first identification is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device, so that the first network device knows the relationship between the relay device and the first terminal device. connection relation. That is to say, after determining that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device, the first network device will send the first instruction information to the relay device to instruct it to open the forwarding channel.
  • the method further includes: the first network device receiving the first identification from the first terminal device, so that the first network device obtains the first identification.
  • the first request information includes a first identifier.
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device.
  • the first request information carries the first identifier
  • the first network device can also obtain the first identifier while obtaining the first request information.
  • the method further includes: the first network device receives a message from the relay device. Second instruction information.
  • the second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
  • the relay device reports the association relationship between itself and the first terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device learns that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information at least includes the first identification.
  • the second indication information at least includes a first identification and a second identification.
  • the second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
  • the method further includes: the first network device receives a message from the relay device. Identification information.
  • the identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification. The second identification is used to identify the relay device, so that the first network device can learn the association between the relay device and the first terminal device based on the identification information.
  • the first identifier is the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI of the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier is the media access control MAC address of the network card of the first terminal device.
  • the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device.
  • the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
  • the first identity and/or the second identity may be other stable identities that are not assigned by network devices.
  • the method further includes: the first network device determines that a second condition is met, where the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item is that the first terminal equipment switches from the target cell to the first cell.
  • the first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device.
  • the second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel.
  • the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device, or, if the third condition is met, the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device.
  • the third condition includes: all terminal devices associated with the relay device , a terminal device other than the first terminal device is switched from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the third instruction information instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  • the first network device when the first condition is met, can determine that the first terminal device has left its coverage area, and therefore also left the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send the third indication information to the relay device. , instructing it to close the forwarding channel; when the second condition is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal has a need to close the forwarding channel of the relay device or no longer has a need to open the forwarding channel of the relay device. Therefore, it can The relay device sends third instruction information to instruct it to close the forwarding channel.
  • the second request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device
  • the third instruction information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device.
  • the second request information and the third instruction information It does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal equipment and the relay equipment.
  • the available power between the first terminal equipment and the first network equipment is higher, and the transmission module has stronger capabilities, so it avoids the short-distance connection between the first terminal equipment and the first network equipment.
  • the forwarding channel is not closed in time due to poor signal quality of the connection, so as to control the working status of the forwarding channel in a timely and accurate manner.
  • the method before the first network device receives the second indication information from the relay device, the method further includes: the first network device sends the first capability information.
  • the first capability information indicates at least one of the following functions: the first network device can receive and process the second indication information. Alternatively, the first network device can receive and process the first request information. Alternatively, the first network device can receive and process the second request information. In this way, communication devices within the signal coverage range of the first network device, such as the first terminal device, relay device, etc., can learn the device capabilities of the first network device.
  • the method before the first network device receives the second indication information from the relay device, the method further includes: the first network device receives at least one of the following information from the relay device: device type information, or secondary capability information.
  • the device type information is used to indicate the device type of the relay device.
  • the second capability information indicates that the relay device can report the second indication information, so that the first network device can learn the device capabilities of the relay device.
  • the method before the first network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device, the method further includes: the first network device receives third capability information from the first terminal device.
  • the third capability information indicates that the first terminal device can report the first identifier, so that the first network device can learn the device capabilities of the first terminal device.
  • the second aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the first network device, or may be a chip applied in the first network device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being the first network device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the first network device determines that the second condition is met, where the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item is that the first terminal equipment switches from the target cell to the first cell.
  • the first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device.
  • the second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel.
  • the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device, or, if the third condition is met, the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device.
  • the third condition includes: among all terminal devices associated with the relay device, the terminal device other than the first terminal device switches from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the third instruction information instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  • the forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device.
  • the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the method before the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device, the method further includes: the first network device determines, based on the first identification and the first association relationship, that the relay device is related to the first Terminal device association, wherein the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the first network device determines, based on the first identification and the first association relationship, the relay device and Before the first terminal device is associated, the method further includes: the first network device receiving second indication information from the relay device.
  • the second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information at least includes the first identification.
  • the second indication information at least includes a first identification and a second identification.
  • the second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
  • the method further includes: the first network device receives a message from the relay device. Identification information.
  • the identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification.
  • the second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
  • the first identifier is the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI of the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier is the media access control MAC address of the network card of the first terminal device.
  • the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device.
  • the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
  • the first identity and/or the second identity may be other stable identities that are not assigned by network devices.
  • Any implementation manner of the second aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the second aspect and any implementation method in the second aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect, and will not be described again here.
  • the third aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the execution subject of this method may be a relay device or a chip applied in the relay device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as a relay device as an example.
  • the method includes: the relay device receives first indication information from the first network device.
  • the relay device opens the forwarding channel according to the first instruction information.
  • the relay device includes a forwarding channel.
  • the forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device.
  • the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the first indication information does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device, avoiding the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device.
  • the forwarding channel is not opened in a timely manner due to poor signal quality of the remote connection, so as to control the working status of the forwarding channel in a timely and accurate manner.
  • the relay device can also provide signal forwarding services for other terminal devices.
  • the method before the relay device receives the first indication information from the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device.
  • the second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device, so as to report the association relationship between itself and the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • the second indication information at least includes the first identification.
  • the second indication information at least includes a first identification and a second identification.
  • the first identification is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identification is an identification obtained by the relay device from the first terminal device.
  • the second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
  • the method before the relay device receives the first indication information from the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends identification information to the first network device.
  • the identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification.
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to identify the relay device to report the association relationship between itself and the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • the first identifier is the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI of the first terminal device. Or, no. A media access control MAC address identified as the network card of the first terminal device.
  • the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device.
  • the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
  • the first identity and/or the second identity may be other stable identities that are not assigned by network devices.
  • the method before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends a broadcast message.
  • the relay device receives the response message from the first terminal device.
  • the response message includes the first identifier.
  • the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection.
  • the first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device.
  • the first connection is used to transmit the first identification so that the relay device obtains the first connection. logo.
  • the method before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the relay device receives a message from the first terminal device through the first connection.
  • the first identification enables the relay device to obtain the first identification.
  • the response message is also used by the relay device to determine that it is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the relay device receives third indication information from the first network device.
  • the relay device closes the forwarding channel according to the third instruction information.
  • the third indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the third indication information does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device, avoiding the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device.
  • the problem of untimely closing of the forwarding channel caused by poor signal quality of the connection can be solved in a timely and accurate manner to control the working status of the forwarding channel.
  • the method before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device receives the first capability information from the first network device.
  • the first capability information indicates that the first network device can receive and process the second indication information, so that the relay device obtains the device capability of the first network device.
  • the method further includes: the relay device sending second indication information to the second network device to report the association relationship between itself and the first terminal device to other network devices.
  • the method before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends at least one of the following information to the first network device: device type information, or the first network device. 2. Capability information.
  • the device type information is used to indicate the device type of the relay device.
  • the second capability information indicates that the relay device can report the second indication information to report its own device capability to the first network device.
  • the fourth aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the execution subject of this method may be a relay device or a chip applied in the relay device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as a relay device as an example.
  • the method includes: the relay device receives third indication information from the first network device.
  • the relay device closes the forwarding channel according to the third instruction information.
  • the relay device includes a forwarding channel.
  • the forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device.
  • the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the method before the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device.
  • the second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information at least includes the first identification.
  • the second indication information at least includes a first identification and a second identification.
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identifier is the relay device from the first The identification obtained by the terminal device.
  • the second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
  • the method before the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends identification information to the first network device.
  • the identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification.
  • the first identification is used to identify the first terminal device, and the second identification is used to identify the relay device.
  • the first identifier is the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI of the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier is the media access control MAC address of the network card of the first terminal device.
  • the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device.
  • the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
  • the first identity and/or the second identity may be other stable identities that are not assigned by network devices.
  • the method before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends a broadcast message.
  • the relay device receives the response message from the first terminal device.
  • the response message includes the first identifier.
  • the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection.
  • the first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device, and the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
  • the method before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the relay device receives a message from the first terminal device through the first connection.
  • the first identification enables the relay device to obtain the first identification.
  • the response message is also used by the relay device to determine that it is associated with the first terminal device.
  • Any implementation method of the fourth aspect corresponds to some implementation methods of the third aspect.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the fourth aspect and any implementation method in the fourth aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned third aspect, and will not be described again here.
  • the fifth aspect provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the first terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the first terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met, where the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item is that the first terminal device can receive the first synchronization signal block SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • the second item is that the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device sends first request information to the first network device.
  • the first request information is used to request the first network device to open a forwarding channel in the relay device.
  • the forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  • the first request information includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device.
  • the first identification is used by the first network device to determine that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  • the first terminal device also meets the fourth condition.
  • the fourth condition includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device.
  • the first terminal device sends a response message to the relay device.
  • the response message includes the first identifier.
  • the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection, and the first connection is the relay device.
  • the connection with the first terminal device, the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
  • the method before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device transmits the first identification to the relay device through the first connection, so that The relay device obtains the first identification.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a second SSB from the first network device, and the first terminal device determines the current cell as the target cell according to the second SSB.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location. For example, the first terminal device uses its current position as the target position.
  • any implementation manner of the fifth aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manners of the first aspect and the third aspect.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the fifth aspect and any implementation method in the fifth aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect and third aspect, and will not be described again here.
  • the sixth aspect is to provide a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the first terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the first terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met, where the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item is that the first terminal device can receive the first synchronization signal block SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • the second item is that the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device.
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used by the first network device to determine that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  • the method before the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, the method further includes: if the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device, the first terminal device The device initiates an access layer connection to the first network device. Wherein, the access layer connection is used to send the first identifier.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device.
  • the first terminal device sends a response message to the relay device.
  • the response message includes the first identifier.
  • the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection.
  • the first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device, and the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
  • the method before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device transmits the first identification to the relay device through the first connection.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a second SSB from the first network device, and the first terminal device determines the current cell as the target cell according to the second SSB.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location. For example, the first terminal device uses its current position as the target position.
  • any implementation manner of the sixth aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manners of the first aspect and the third aspect.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any implementation method in the sixth aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect and third aspect, and will not be described again here.
  • the seventh aspect provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the first terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the first terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the first terminal device determines that the fifth condition is met, where the fifth condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item is that the cell where the first terminal equipment resides is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the target cell The area is the cell corresponding to the first network device.
  • the second item is that the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device sends second request information to the first network device.
  • the second request information is used to request the first network device to close the forwarding channel in the relay device.
  • the forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  • the second request information includes the first identification.
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device.
  • the first identification is used by the first network device to determine that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device.
  • the first terminal device sends a response message to the relay device.
  • the response message includes the first identifier.
  • the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection.
  • the first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device, and the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
  • the method before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device transmits the first identification to the relay device through the first connection.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a second physical broadcast channel block SSB from the second network device, and the first terminal device determines the current cell according to the second SSB. for the target community.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location.
  • any implementation manner of the seventh aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manners of the first aspect and the third aspect.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the seventh aspect and any implementation method in the seventh aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect and third aspect, and will not be described again here.
  • An eighth aspect provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the first terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the first terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the first terminal device determines that the fifth condition is met, where the fifth condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item is that the cell where the first terminal equipment resides is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the target cell is a cell corresponding to the first network device.
  • the second item is that the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device.
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used by the first network device to determine that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  • the method before the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, the method further includes: if the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device, the first terminal device Initiate an access layer connection to the first network device. Wherein, the access layer connection is used to send the first identifier.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device.
  • the first terminal device sends a response message to the relay device.
  • the response message includes the first identifier.
  • the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection.
  • the first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device, and the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
  • the method before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device transmits the first identification to the relay device through the first connection.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a second physical broadcast channel block SSB from the second network device, and the first terminal device determines the current cell according to the second SSB. for the target community.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location.
  • any implementation manner of the eighth aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manners of the first aspect and the third aspect.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the eighth aspect and any implementation method in the eighth aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect and third aspect, and will not be described again here.
  • a communication device in a ninth aspect, includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of the above aspects or the first network in any possible design of any aspect.
  • the communication device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or the communication device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect.
  • Network equipment, or a chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network equipment.
  • a communication device in a tenth aspect, includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect.
  • the method performed by the first network device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or the first network device in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or A chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network device.
  • a chip in an eleventh aspect, includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces.
  • the input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the first network device function in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the first network device function in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above second aspect or any method in the possible design of the second aspect.
  • a communication device in a twelfth aspect, includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of the above aspects or any possible relay device in the design.
  • the communication device may be a relay device in the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be a relay device in the above-mentioned fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect. , or a chip that implements the above relay device functions.
  • a communication device in a thirteenth aspect, includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect.
  • the method performed by the relay device may be a relay device in the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or a relay device in the above-mentioned fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, or implement the above-mentioned A chip that relays device functionality.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a chip.
  • the chip includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces.
  • the input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the relay device function in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the relay device function in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect.
  • Processing circuitry is used to run computer programs or instructions to Methods in realizing the above fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect.
  • a communication device in a fifteenth aspect, includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of the above aspects or the first terminal in any possible design of any aspect.
  • the method performed by the device may be the first terminal device in the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect, or the communication device may be the first terminal device in any possible design of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • the terminal equipment, or the communication device may be the first terminal equipment in the above-mentioned seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect, or the communication device may be the above-mentioned eighth aspect or any possible design of the eighth aspect
  • a communication device in a sixteenth aspect, includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect.
  • the communication device may be the first terminal device in the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect, or the first terminal device in any possible design of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect, or Be the first terminal device in the above-mentioned seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect, or be the first terminal device in the above-mentioned eighth aspect or any possible design of the eighth aspect, or implement the above-mentioned first Chips for terminal device functions.
  • a chip in a seventeenth aspect, includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces.
  • the input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above fifth aspect or any method in the possible design of the fifth aspect.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above sixth aspect or any method in the possible design of the sixth aspect.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the first terminal device in the seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above seventh aspect or any method in the possible design of the seventh aspect.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the first terminal device in the eighth aspect or any possible design of the eighth aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above eighth aspect or any method in the possible design of the eighth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, which when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform any of the methods in any of the above aspects.
  • a nineteenth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform any of the methods of any of the above aspects.
  • a twentieth aspect provides a circuit system.
  • the circuitry includes processing circuitry configured to perform a method as in any one of the above aspects.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2a is a schematic structural diagram of a forwarding channel provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2b is a schematic structural diagram of a relay device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of a signal enhancement service scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of another signal enhancement service scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8a is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8b is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8c is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8d is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8e is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11a is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11b is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11c is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11d is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12a is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12b is a schematic structural diagram of yet another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • any embodiment or design described as “exemplary” or “such as” in the embodiments of the present application is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, use of the words “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present the concept in a concrete manner.
  • two or more includes two itself. Multiple can include two, three, or more.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system 1000 applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • a communication system 1000 includes a terminal device 11 , a relay device 12 and a network device 13 .
  • the terminal device 11 includes a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user. Specifically, it includes a device that provides voice to the user, or includes a device that provides data connectivity to the user, or includes a device that provides voice and data to the user. Connectivity devices. This may include, for example, a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal equipment can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (radio access network, RAN), and exchange voice or data with the RAN.
  • radio access network radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, Subscriber station, mobile station, remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal terminal), user agent (user agent), or user device (user device), etc.
  • this may include a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal device, a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in mobile device, etc.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • constrained devices such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning systems (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning systems
  • the various terminal devices introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle).
  • vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called an on-board unit (OBU), for example. ).
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the device used to implement the functions of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or may be a device that can support the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the device for realizing the functions of the terminal device is a terminal device as an example for introduction.
  • the relay device 12 is one or more devices added between the terminal device 11 and the network device 13, and is responsible for forwarding wireless signals one or more times. That is, the wireless signal of the network device 13 can reach the terminal device 11 through multiple hops. , the wireless signal of the terminal device 11 can reach the network device 13 through multiple hops. Taking the simpler two-hop relay as an example, the link from a network device 13 to the terminal device 11 is divided into a link from the network device 13 to the relay device 12, and a link from the relay device 12 to the terminal device 11. The relay device 12 The received signal can be amplified, thereby replacing a poor quality link with a better quality link to obtain higher link capacity or better coverage.
  • the relay device 12 may be a radio frequency (radio frequency, RF) repeater (RF repeater), a network controlled repeater (network controlled repeater, NCR) or a smart repeater.
  • RF radio frequency
  • NCR network controlled repeater
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the relay equipment.
  • the relay device receives the downlink signal of the network device 13 through the donor antenna (donor antenna), and then after filtering, amplification and other operations, the amplified signal is finally transmitted through the service antenna (service antenna).
  • the donor antenna can also be called a forward antenna
  • the service antenna can also be called a backward antenna, a retransmission antenna or a coverage antenna.
  • This mode can be called downlink forwarding mode.
  • the channel between the donor antenna and the service antenna can also be called the downlink forwarding channel.
  • the relay device can receive the uplink signal from the terminal device 11 through the service antenna, and then through filtering, amplification and other operations, finally forward the amplified signal to the network device 13 through the donor antenna.
  • This mode can be called uplink forwarding mode.
  • the channel between the service antenna and the donor antenna can also be called the uplink forwarding channel.
  • the uplink forwarding channel and the downlink forwarding channel may also include mixers. As shown in Figure 2a, taking the uplink forwarding channel as an example, the relay device 12 first downconverts the high-frequency signal to an intermediate frequency (or baseband) through a mixer, filters the intermediate frequency (or baseband), and then passes it through a mixer.
  • the uplink forwarding channel and the downlink forwarding channel also include power amplifiers, such as low-noise amplifiers (LNA).
  • LNA low-noise amplifiers
  • the donor antenna can also be called the forward antenna.
  • Service antenna also known as backward antenna or retransmission antenna.
  • the uplink forwarding channel can also be described as an uplink forwarding module.
  • the uplink forwarding channel The forwarding channel is taken as an example to introduce.
  • the downlink forwarding channel can also be described as a downlink forwarding module. In the embodiment of this application, the downlink forwarding channel is taken as an example for introduction.
  • Figure 2b shows a schematic structural diagram of a relay device.
  • the relay device includes a control signal receiving and processing module, a forwarding module and an antenna. Among them, the control signal receiving and processing module and the forwarding module are connected.
  • the forwarding module includes RF devices (the devices that perform filtering operations in Figure 2a) and power amplifiers (power amplifiers, PA) connected in sequence.
  • the relay device When the relay device is in the downlink forwarding mode, the antenna on the network device side is connected to the RF device of the downlink forwarding channel, and the antenna on the terminal device side is connected to the PA on the downlink forwarding channel, so that the relay device forwards data from the network to the terminal device. Downlink information of the device.
  • the control signal receiving and processing module can receive the control signal sent by the network device and use the connection with the forwarding module to adjust the parameters of the forwarding module, such as the direction of the antenna beam, the switch of the forwarding module, the amplification gain of the forwarding module, etc.
  • the forwarding module can also be described as a wireless unit (radio unit, RU) or a forwarding unit or a transponder
  • the control signal receiving and processing module can also be described as a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT).
  • the network device 13 may be an access point for wireless communication or wired communication, such as a base station, an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), a fifth generation (5th generation) , the next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the 5G) mobile communication system, the next generation base station in the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) mobile communication system, the base station or wireless fidelity (wireless) in the future mobile communication system fidelity, WiFi) system; it can also be a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station, for example, it can be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (DU) .
  • a base station an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), a fifth generation (5th generation) , the next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the 5G) mobile communication system, the next generation base station
  • the CU here completes the functions of the base station's radio resource control protocol and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), and can also complete the functions of the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP); DU completes the functions of the base station
  • PDCP radio resource control protocol
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • DU completes the functions of the base station
  • the functions of the wireless link control layer and medium access control (MAC) layer can also complete some or all of the physical layer functions.
  • 3GPP Third Generation Partner Program
  • the network equipment can be a macro base station, a micro base station, an indoor station, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.
  • the relay device When a relay device is purchased and installed by a consumer, the relay device needs to serve the consumer's terminal equipment as much as possible. For example, as shown in Figure 3a and Figure 3b, consumer A purchased the relay device 12. At the same time, consumer A also owns his own terminal device, such as a mobile phone device 11a, a laptop device, a tablet device, etc., then the relay device Provide signal enhancement services to consumer A's terminal equipment (such as the above-mentioned mobile phone device 11a, laptop computer device, tablet device) as much as possible.
  • consumer A's terminal equipment such as the above-mentioned mobile phone device 11a, laptop computer device, tablet device
  • relay device 1 When at least one terminal device of consumer A is within the coverage of relay device 12, such as mobile phone device 11a in Figure 3a, which is within the coverage of relay device 13, relay device 1 opens the forwarding channel (uplink forwarding in Figure 2a channel and/or downlink forwarding channel) to amplify and forward uplink and downlink signals to avoid the problem of poor service quality on the terminal device side caused by weak signals.
  • forwarding channel uplink forwarding in Figure 2a channel and/or downlink forwarding channel
  • relay device 1 closes the forwarding channel (the uplink forwarding channel and downlink forwarding channel in Figure 2a) and no longer provides Signal enhancement service, or only provide signal enhancement service for broadcast channels (such as synchronization signal physical broadcast channel blocks, or random access channels) to avoid signals transmitted by relay devices from causing interference to other communication devices.
  • the mobile phone device 11b belongs to the terminal device of consumer B, then the relay device 12 does not provide signal enhancement services for the mobile phone device 11b.
  • the above-mentioned consumer A can include individuals, families, companies, etc.
  • the above-mentioned relay device 12 is associated with the mobile phone device 11a, the notebook computer device, and the tablet device respectively. That is to say, in this embodiment of the present application, the relay device and the terminal device belonging to the same consumer can be said to be that the relay device is associated with the terminal device. On the contrary, relay equipment and terminal equipment belonging to different consumers can be said to be independent of relay equipment and terminal equipment.
  • FIG 4 shows the steps of related technology 1 as follows:
  • Step 1 Establish a short-distance connection between the terminal device and the relay device.
  • the relay equipment also includes a short-range transceiver module.
  • the short-range transceiver module includes at least one of the following: a Bluetooth (bluetooth, BL) module, a Wi-Fi module, or a sidelink (sidelink, SL) module.
  • Relay equipment can communicate with terminal equipment through short-range transceiver modules. By default, the relay device can close the forwarding channel and open the short-range transceiver module.
  • step 1 the implementation process of step 1 includes:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is associated with the relay device and the terminal device is in the coverage area of the relay device, the terminal device can establish a short-distance connection with the relay device.
  • the short-range connection established in step 1 includes a Wi-Fi short-range connection
  • the terminal device associated with the relay device can obtain the password of the Wi-Fi short-range connection.
  • the terminal device sends the password of the Wi-Fi short-distance connection to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the password of the Wi-Fi short-range connection from the terminal device through the short-range transceiver module.
  • the relay device establishes the Wi-Fi connection with the terminal device based on the received password of the Wi-Fi short-range connection. Fi short distance connection.
  • the short-range connection established in step 1 includes a Bluetooth short-range connection
  • the terminal device associated with the relay device can obtain the password of the Bluetooth short-range connection.
  • the terminal device sends the password of the Bluetooth short-range connection to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the Bluetooth short-range connection password from the terminal device through the short-range transceiver module, and the relay device establishes a Bluetooth short-range connection with the terminal device based on the received Bluetooth short-range connection password.
  • step 1 can ensure that only the terminal device associated with the relay device can establish a short-distance connection with the relay device.
  • step 2 For the terminal device, after establishing a short-distance connection with the relay device, if the terminal device has service data to transmit, perform step 2:
  • Step 2 The terminal device sends request information 1 to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the request information 1 from the terminal device.
  • request information 1 is used to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device.
  • request information 1 can be recorded as Trigger ON request information.
  • Step 3 The relay device opens the forwarding channel according to request information 1.
  • the relay device After the relay device opens the forwarding channel, it can provide signal enhancement services for the terminal device. For example, it can receive and amplify the cellular downlink signal of the network device and forward it to the terminal device, or forward the signal of the terminal device. The cellular uplink signal is received, amplified, and forwarded to the network equipment.
  • the relay device After the relay device opens the forwarding channel, the relay device can also perform the following steps:
  • Step 4 The terminal device sends a heart beat signal 1 to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the heartbeat signal 1 from the terminal device.
  • the heartbeat signal 1 can be transmitted through the short-distance connection established in step 1.
  • Step 5 The terminal device sends heartbeat signal 2 to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the heartbeat from the terminal device. Jump signal 2.
  • the heartbeat signal 2 can be transmitted through the short-distance connection established in step 1.
  • the duration of the interval between heartbeat signal 2 and heartbeat signal 1 may be preset. That is, the terminal device periodically sends heartbeat signals to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device periodically receives heartbeat signals from the terminal device.
  • each time the relay device receives a heartbeat signal it starts or restarts the timer, and the timer duration is preset. If the relay device can receive the heartbeat signal, the relay device believes that there is a terminal device associated with itself in its coverage area, and the forwarding channel of the relay device needs to be opened. On the other hand, if the timer times out and the relay device has not received the heartbeat signal from the terminal device, the relay device considers that there is no terminal device associated with it within its coverage area, and the relay device performs step 6:
  • Step 6 The relay device closes the forwarding channel.
  • the above heartbeat signal can be replaced by a heartbeat response signal. That is to say, the relay device sends a heartbeat request signal to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the heartbeat request signal from the relay device. The terminal device sends a heartbeat response signal to the relay device according to the heartbeat request signal. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the heartbeat response signal from the terminal device.
  • the forwarding channel control of the relay device relies on the short-distance connection between the terminal device and the relay device.
  • short-range connections have a limited coverage area.
  • the short-distance connection may not be established in time between the terminal device and the relay device, or the information transmitted through the short-distance connection (such as request information 1 , heartbeat signal, etc.), cannot be received and demodulated in time, resulting in the forwarding channel not being opened or closed in time.
  • the terminal device carried by consumer A sends request information 1 to the relay device.
  • the signal needs to pass through a wall, causing the relay device to be unable to successfully receive the request information from the terminal device 1. Therefore, the relay device cannot open the forwarding channel in time and cannot provide the terminal device with enhanced signal coverage service.
  • the forwarding channel control of the relay device is overly dependent on the short-distance connection between the terminal device and the relay device.
  • the short-distance connection fails to successfully transmit the information used to control the forwarding channel, resulting in problems such as the forwarding channel not being opened in time. Therefore, how to better control the working status of the forwarding channel of the relay device is an urgent technical issue that needs to be solved.
  • the first network device determines that condition A is met, where condition A includes at least one of the following: the first terminal device switches from the first cell to the target cell, or the first terminal device is in the target cell. Random access is initiated; the network device corresponding to the target cell is the first network device; the first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device, and the first request information requests opening of the forwarding channel in the relay device. Afterwards, the first network device sends the first indication information to the relay device.
  • the first instruction information instructs the relay device to open a forwarding channel; the forwarding channel is used to forward the uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward the uplink information from the first terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the relay device is associated with the first terminal device. In this way, when the first terminal device switches to the target cell or initiates random access in the target cell, or when the first terminal device requests the first network device to open the forwarding channel of the relay device, The first network device sends first instruction information to the relay device to instruct the relay device to open a forwarding channel.
  • the first request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device
  • the first indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device
  • the information does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device, avoiding the problem of untimely opening of the forwarding channel due to poor signal quality of the short-distance connection, thereby controlling the work of the forwarding channel in a timely and accurate manner. state.
  • the names of the messages between the devices or the names of the parameters in the messages are just examples, and other names may also be used in specific implementations. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
  • the communication method 500 proposed in the embodiment of the present application includes the following three stages: preprocessing stage, forwarding channel opening stage and forwarding channel closing stage.
  • the preprocessing stage is mainly used to achieve purpose 1 and purpose 2:
  • the first network device obtains the first association relationship.
  • the first association relationship indicates that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  • the first terminal device obtains the information of the target cell and/or the information of the target location, so as to know at which locations it can be provided with signal enhancement services by the relay device.
  • the network device corresponding to the target cell includes the first network device, and the target location may be a part of the coverage area of the target cell.
  • the preprocessing stage includes the following steps:
  • the relay device sends the first broadcast message.
  • the first broadcast message is used to indicate the existence of the relay device to the terminal device.
  • the relay device includes a short-range transceiver module.
  • the short-distance transceiver module please refer to the introduction of step 1 in Figure 4, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first broadcast message may be transmitted through the short-range transceiver module.
  • S501 includes: the relay device sends a beacon message through the Bluetooth module.
  • S501 includes: the relay device sends a beacon message through the Wi-Fi module.
  • S501 includes: the relay device sends a discovery message through the SL communication module.
  • the first terminal device receives the first broadcast message from the relay device.
  • the first terminal device After receiving the first broadcast message, the first terminal device executes S502:
  • the first terminal device sends a first response message to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the first response message from the first terminal device.
  • the first response message includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item the first logo.
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier can be found in the introduction of S504, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the second item is the password information for the first connection.
  • the first connection includes a short-distance connection, such as a Bluetooth connection, a Wi-Fi connection, etc. It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, only the terminal device associated with the relay device can obtain the password information.
  • the first connection includes a Bluetooth connection.
  • the first terminal device obtains the password information of the Bluetooth connection in advance.
  • the first terminal device After receiving the first broadcast message, the first terminal device carries the password information of the Bluetooth connection in the first response message sent, so that the relay device obtains the password information of the Bluetooth connection.
  • the relay device determines that it is associated with the first terminal device based on the password information of the Bluetooth connection.
  • the first connection includes a Wi-Fi connection.
  • the first terminal device obtains the password information of the Wi-Fi connection in advance.
  • the first terminal device After receiving the first broadcast message, the first terminal device carries the password of the Wi-Fi connection in the first response message sent. code information so that the relay device can obtain the password information for the Wi-Fi connection.
  • the relay device determines that it is associated with the first terminal device based on the password information of the Wi-Fi connection.
  • the first identification and password information are transmitted through the same message (ie, the first response message) as an example for introduction.
  • the first identification and password information can also be transmitted through different messages, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the relay device After receiving the first response message, the relay device executes S503:
  • the first terminal device establishes a first connection with the relay device.
  • the first terminal device when the first connection includes a Bluetooth connection, the first terminal device establishes a Bluetooth connection with the relay device.
  • the first connection includes a Wi-Fi connection
  • the first terminal device establishes a Wi-Fi connection with the relay device.
  • the specific process please refer to related technologies and will not be described again here.
  • the first terminal device after the first terminal device performs S503, the first terminal device sends the first service confirmation information to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the first service confirmation information from the first terminal device.
  • the first service confirmation information indicates that the first connection is used to transmit information related to the forwarding function of the relay device.
  • the relay device executes S503
  • the relay device sends the second service confirmation information to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives the second service confirmation information from the relay device.
  • the second service confirmation information indicates that the first connection is used to transmit information related to the forwarding function of the relay device.
  • the information transmitted by the first connection includes but is not limited to the first identifier.
  • the relay device after the relay device performs S503, the relay device opens its own forwarding channel, thereby providing signal enhancement services to the first terminal device.
  • the forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device.
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device please refer to the detailed introduction in Figure 2a, which will not be described again here.
  • S501 and S502 can be replaced by the following steps: the first terminal device sends a second broadcast message.
  • the second broadcast message is used to indicate the existence of the first terminal device to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the second broadcast message from the first terminal device.
  • the relay device determines that it is associated with the first terminal device based on the password information of the first connection that it has obtained, and establishes the first connection between itself and the first terminal device, that is, executing S503.
  • the first terminal device After the first connection is established, if the first response message does not include the first identifier, the first terminal device performs S504:
  • the first terminal device sends the first identification to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the first identification from the first terminal device.
  • the first identification is transmitted through the first connection.
  • the first connection in S504 is consistent with the first connection in S503, and will not be described again here.
  • the first identification is introduced as follows: the first identification is a device identification that does not change dynamically within a certain period of time.
  • the first identifier is the international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) of the first terminal device.
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identity
  • the IMSI used to identify the terminal device can distinguish different terminal devices in the cellular network, and any two IMSIs do not overlap in different cellular networks.
  • the first identifier is the international mobile equipment identity (IMEI) of the first terminal device.
  • IMEI international mobile equipment identity
  • IMEI is used to distinguish different terminal devices in the mobile phone network.
  • the first identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the first terminal device.
  • the relay device After obtaining the first identifier, the relay device executes S505:
  • the relay device sends the second instruction information to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the second indication information from the relay device.
  • the second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information at least includes the first identification.
  • the second indication information includes a first identification and a second identification.
  • the first identifier please refer to the introduction of S504, which will not be described again here.
  • the second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
  • the introduction of the second identification is as follows:
  • the second identification is also a device identification that will not change dynamically within a certain period of time.
  • the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device.
  • the IMSI used to identify the relay device can distinguish different relay devices in the cellular network, and any two IMSIs do not overlap in different cellular networks.
  • the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
  • the second indication information also indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the second terminal device.
  • the second indication information also includes the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the relay device when there are multiple network devices (such as a first network device and a second network device) near the relay device, the relay device in addition to sending the second network device to the first network device
  • the second indication information may also be sent to other network devices (such as the second network device).
  • the relay device sends the second indication information to the second network device.
  • the second network device receives the second indication information from the relay device, so that the second network device obtains the association relationship between the relay device and the first terminal device.
  • the relay device may first send the second indication information to the first network device, and then send the second indication information to the second network device; or, the relay device may first send the second indication information to the second network device, and then send the second indication information to the second network device.
  • a network device sends the second instruction information; or the relay device sends the second instruction information to the first network device and the second network device at the same time, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the second indication information can also be replaced by identification information.
  • the relay device sends identification information to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the identification information from the relay device.
  • the identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification.
  • the first network device determines that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device based on the identification information.
  • the first network device After receiving the second indication information, the first network device executes S506:
  • the first network device stores the first association relationship according to the second instruction information.
  • the second instruction information in S506 is consistent with the second instruction information in S505, and will not be described again here.
  • the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device After the first terminal device executes S503, the first terminal device also executes S507 and/or S508:
  • the first terminal device determines the current cell as the target cell according to the second synchronization signal physical broadcast channel block (SSB). .
  • SSB physical broadcast channel block
  • the second SSB is the SSB sent by the first network device.
  • the first terminal device can receive the second SSB from the first network device.
  • the first terminal device may directly receive the second SSB from the first network device.
  • the first terminal device may receive the SSB forwarded by the relay device.
  • the first terminal device determines the current cell as the target cell according to the reference signal received power (RSRP) of the second SSB. If the RSRP of the second SSB is greater than a threshold value.
  • the network device corresponding to the target cell determined in S507 includes the first network device.
  • the network device corresponding to the target cell can be understood as a network device that manages the target cell, such as allocating time-frequency resources to the target cell, user access control, etc.
  • each cell may correspond to an identifier, which may include a physical cell identifier (PCI).
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • the identity of the target cell is related to the second SSB. For details, please refer to the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP, which will not be described again here.
  • the first terminal device when there are multiple network devices (such as the first network device and the second network device) nearby, the first terminal device in addition to receiving the first network device In addition to the second SSB, SSB from other network devices (such as the second network device) may also be received.
  • the second network device sends a third SSB.
  • the first terminal device receives the third SSB from the second network device through forwarding by the relay device or directly receives the third SSB from the second network device, so that the first terminal device determines another SSB based on the acquired third SSB.
  • a target community It can be understood that the number of target cells determined by the first terminal device may be one or more, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location.
  • the first terminal device can obtain its own position through the global positioning system (GPS) and use its own position as the target position.
  • the target location may be a point identified by a three-dimensional coordinate or a two-dimensional coordinate (such as longitude and latitude).
  • the first terminal device may obtain its own position through positioning on the first network device, and use its own position as the target position.
  • the target location may be a part of the target cell coverage area.
  • the first terminal device may execute S504 first and then S507, or it may execute S507 first and then S504, or it may execute S504 and S507 at the same time.
  • the first terminal device may execute S504 first, and then execute S508, or it may execute S508 first, and then execute S504, or it may execute S504 and S508 at the same time. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method 500 in this embodiment of the present application further includes the following steps:
  • the first network device sends the first capability information.
  • the first capability information indicates functions supported by the first network device.
  • the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item is that the first network device can receive and process the second indication information.
  • the second instruction information please refer to the introduction of S505, which will not be described again here.
  • the first network device can receive and process the first request information.
  • first request information please refer to the introduction of S5212a, which will not be described again here.
  • the first network device can receive and process the second request information.
  • the second request information please refer to the introduction of S5412a, which will not be described again here.
  • the first capability information may be carried in a system information block (SIB) or SIB-extension.
  • SIB and SIB extensions can be found in the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP and will not be described again here.
  • the relay device receives the first capability information from the first network device. After receiving the first capability information, the relay device executes S505 according to the first capability information.
  • the first terminal device receives the first capability information from the first network device. After receiving the first capability information, the first terminal device executes S5212a and/or S5412a according to the first capability information.
  • the relay device sends device type information to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the device type information from the relay device.
  • the device type information is used to indicate the device type of the relay device.
  • the device type information is used to indicate to the first network device that it is a relay device, or the device type information is used to indicate to the first network device that it is a consumer-type relay device.
  • a consumer-type relay device can be understood to mean that the relay device has a need to be associated with other terminal devices, or that the relay device has associated terminal devices.
  • the device type information may be transmitted through a radio resource control layer (RRC) message, or may be transmitted through other messages, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • RRC radio resource control layer
  • the relay device sends the second capability information to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the second capability information from the relay device.
  • the second capability information indicates functions supported by the relay device.
  • the second capability information indicates at least one of the following:
  • the first item, the second capability information indicates that the relay device can report the second indication information.
  • the second instruction information please refer to the introduction of S505, which will not be described again here.
  • the second item, the second capability information indicates that the relay device is capable of receiving control information from the first network device.
  • the control information includes airspace parameters used to control the forwarding beam of the relay device.
  • the second capability information may be transmitted through the extension field of the UE capability message, or may be transmitted through other messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the device type information and the second capability information may be carried in the same message or in different messages, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first terminal device sends the third capability information to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the third capability information from the first terminal device.
  • the third capability information indicates that the first terminal device can report the first identification.
  • the process of the first terminal device reporting the first identifier to the first network device please refer to the introduction of S5211a, which will not be described again here.
  • each communication device (such as the above-mentioned first terminal device, relay device, and first network device) only needs to perform the steps of the above-mentioned phase one once.
  • the relevant instructions for use of the relay equipment can guide consumers to actively carry their terminal equipment close to the relay equipment, under the conditions of relatively good short-distance connection quality such as Bluetooth. Complete the above steps.
  • the short-distance connection is not relied on, thereby reducing the quality requirements for the short-distance connection between the relay device and the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device After the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device is established, even if the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device again, it does not need to feed back a first response message. For another example, after the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device is established, the first terminal device starts and maintains a timer. Before the timer expires, the first terminal device receives no more messages from the relay device. broadcast message, and there is no need to feed back the first response message. For another example, after the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device is established, the first terminal device Even if the end device receives a broadcast message from the relay device again, it does not need to feed back the first response message by default.
  • the first terminal device determines that the signal quality is poor will the first response message be fed back to the relay device again. For example, when the first terminal device determines that it is located in the target cell or target location but the signal quality is still very poor. , the consumer can be prompted through the prompt information of the software to actively carry the first terminal device close to the relay device again, and perform the relevant steps of the above-mentioned phase one again.
  • each step in phase one is an exemplary processing process for achieving purpose 1 and purpose 2.
  • purpose 1 and purpose 2 can also be achieved through other processing methods, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the method in phase one for the first network device to determine that the first terminal device and the relay device have an association relationship can also be applied to other scenarios.
  • the relay device can use a beam to forward the reference signal to the first terminal device, Or when a beam is used to receive the reference signal sent by the first terminal device, and the beam can be dynamically adjusted, the first network device can control the relay device to align the sending/receiving beam according to the association between the first terminal device and the relay device.
  • the first terminal device enables the relay device to provide coverage services only for terminal devices associated with it as much as possible.
  • Phase 2 Forwarding channel opening phase
  • the forwarding channel opening phase is mainly used to implement: when the first network device determines that condition A is met, the first network device sends first indication information to the relay device. Among them, condition A is related to the first terminal device. The first instruction information instructs the relay device to open a forwarding channel, so that the relay device provides signal enhancement services for the first terminal device.
  • the forwarding channel opening phase includes the following steps:
  • the first network device determines that condition A is met.
  • condition A includes at least one of the following (that is, condition A includes condition a1 and/or condition a2):
  • Condition a1 the first terminal device switches from the first cell to the target cell, or the first terminal device initiates random access in the target cell.
  • the first cell is a cell other than the target cell.
  • the network device corresponding to the first cell may be the second network device.
  • the network device corresponding to the target cell is the first network device.
  • "Network equipment corresponding to the target cell" can be found in the introduction of S507 and will not be described again here.
  • S521 includes S5211.
  • S5211 includes: the first network device determines that condition a1 is met, which will not be described again here.
  • the first network device can determine that the first terminal device has entered its coverage area, and therefore will also or will soon enter the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send the message to the relay device.
  • the first instruction information instructs it to open the forwarding channel in advance to provide services for the first terminal device.
  • Condition a2 The first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device.
  • the first request information requests opening of a forwarding channel in the relay device.
  • S521 includes S5212.
  • S5212 includes: the first network device determines that condition a2 is met, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition a2 is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal has a need to open the forwarding channel of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send the first instruction information to the relay device to instruct it to open the forwarding channel. Provide services to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device and the first relay device have an association relationship.
  • the first network device sends the first instruction information to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the first indication information from the first network device.
  • the first instruction information instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device,
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device.
  • the implementation process of S522 can also be described as: the first network device determines the direction to the destination according to the first association relationship.
  • the relay device sends first indication information.
  • the relay device receives the first indication information from the first network device.
  • the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the first network device also performs S524.
  • S524 includes: the first network device determines that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device according to the first identification and the first association relationship, which will not be described again here.
  • the relay device After receiving the first indication information, the relay device executes S523:
  • the relay device opens the forwarding channel according to the first instruction information.
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device includes an uplink forwarding channel and/or a downlink forwarding channel. See the introduction in Figure 2a for details.
  • the relay device opens the forwarding channel, it can provide signal enhancement services to the first terminal device.
  • the first request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device
  • the first indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the first request information and The first indication information does not depend on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device. Since generally the available power between the first terminal device and the first network device is higher and the transmission module has stronger capabilities, it is avoided. Due to the problem of delayed opening of the forwarding channel due to poor signal quality in short-distance connections, the working status of the forwarding channel can be controlled promptly and accurately.
  • the relay device can also provide signal forwarding services for other terminal devices.
  • the first network device determines that condition a1 is met.
  • the condition a1 includes: the first terminal device switches from the first cell to the target cell, or the first terminal device initiates random access in the target cell.
  • S5211 includes S5211a and S5211b:
  • the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device.
  • For the first identifier please refer to the introduction of S504, which will not be described again here.
  • timing of sending the first identifier can be referred to the introduction of Figure 8b and Figure 8c below, which will not be described again here.
  • the first identification may be transmitted through an access layer connection. That is to say, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device through the access layer connection.
  • the establishment process of the access layer connection please refer to the introduction of S525 and will not be described in detail here.
  • the first network device After receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S5211b:
  • the first network device determines that condition a1 is satisfied based on the first identification and the first signaling of the first terminal device.
  • the first network device determines the first terminal device based on the first identification of the first terminal device and the related signaling of cell switching. The device switches from the first cell to the target cell, that is, condition a1 is satisfied.
  • the first network device determines the first terminal device based on the first identification of the first terminal device and the related signaling of random access.
  • the terminal device initiates random access in the target cell, that is, condition a1 is satisfied.
  • the first network device determines that condition a2 is met.
  • the condition a2 includes: the first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device.
  • the first request information requests opening of a forwarding channel in the relay device.
  • S5212 includes S5212a:
  • the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device.
  • the first request information requests opening of a forwarding channel in the relay device.
  • the first request information includes a first identifier
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier please refer to the introduction of S504, which will not be described again here.
  • timing of sending the first request information can be referred to the introduction of Figure 8d and Figure 8e below, which will not be described again here.
  • the first request information is transmitted after completing the access layer connection.
  • condition a2 is met.
  • the first network device may execute S5211a but not S5212a, or the first network device may not execute S5211a but execute S5212a, or the first network device may execute S5211a and S5212a.
  • S5212a the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. Further, when S5211a and S5212a are executed, the first network device may execute S5211a first and then S5212a, or may execute S5211a and S5212a at the same time, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network device executes S524:
  • the first network device determines that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device according to the first identification and the first association relationship.
  • the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the first association relationship can be found in the introduction of S506 and will not be described again here.
  • the first network device obtains the first identifier as follows: the first network device can execute S5211a, or the first network device can execute S5212a, and the first request information in S5212a includes the first identifier. , thereby causing the first network device to obtain the first identification.
  • the first network device when the first network device obtains the first identifier by executing S5211a, the first identifier in S5211a is consistent with the first identifier in S524.
  • the first request information includes the first identifier and the first network device obtains the first identifier through S5212a, the first identifier in S5212a is consistent with the first identifier in S524.
  • the first network device can determine the association between the relay device and the first terminal device based on the first identification.
  • the first network device in the forwarding channel opening phase (ie, phase 2), the first network device may execute S524 before executing S522.
  • Solution 1 The first terminal device sends the first identifier each time an access layer connection is established. That is to say, each time the first terminal device establishes an access layer connection with a network device or thereafter, the first terminal device sends the first identifier of the first terminal device to the network device.
  • solution one includes S525 and S526:
  • the first terminal device establishes an access layer connection with the network device.
  • the network device in S525 may only include the first network device in phase one (or be understood as the network device corresponding to the target cell), or may include any network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • S525 is introduced in three ways (the following ways 1, 2 and 3):
  • S525 includes S525a:
  • the first terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device through the RRC connection establishment process.
  • the access layer connection includes RRC connection.
  • the RRC connection establishment process can be recorded as RRC connection establishment.
  • the specific process please refer to the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP and will not be repeated here.
  • the first terminal device is in idle state.
  • the first terminal device determines that the RRC establishment condition is met, the first terminal device executes S525a.
  • S525 includes S525b:
  • the first terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device through the RRC connection reestablishment process.
  • the access layer connection includes RRC connection.
  • the RRC connection re-establishment process can be recorded as RRC connection re-establishment.
  • the specific process please refer to the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP and will not be repeated here.
  • the first terminal device is in idle state.
  • the first terminal device determines that the RRC re-establishment condition is met, the first terminal device executes S525b.
  • S525 includes S525c:
  • the first terminal device switches to the cell corresponding to the network device through the cell handover process.
  • the first terminal device is in the connected state.
  • the cell corresponding to the network device can be understood as the network device manages the cell, such as allocating time and frequency resources to the cell, user access control, etc.
  • the first terminal device switches to the target cell corresponding to the first network device through the cell handover process.
  • the process of determining the target cell by the first terminal device please refer to the introduction of S507, which will not be described again here.
  • the first terminal device can establish an access layer connection with the network device through an RRC connection establishment process, an RRC connection re-establishment process or a cell handover process.
  • the first terminal device also executes S526:
  • the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device.
  • the network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier in S526 is consistent with the first identifier in S504, which will not be described again here.
  • the first identity is transmitted through the access layer connection. That is to say, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device through the access layer connection.
  • the network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device through the access layer connection.
  • the access layer connection includes an RRC connection.
  • the first terminal device sends the first identifier through the RRC connection.
  • the RRC connection re-establishment process takes the RRC connection re-establishment process as an example, the first terminal device sends the first identifier through the RRC connection after the RRC connection re-establishment process.
  • taking cell handover as an example, the first terminal device sends the first identifier through the access layer connection after the cell handover process.
  • the first terminal device when the first identity is transmitted through the access layer connection, for the first terminal device, the first terminal device first performs S525 and then performs S526.
  • the first identifier is transmitted during the access layer connection establishment process.
  • the access layer connection includes an RRC connection.
  • the first terminal device sends the first identifier during the RRC connection establishment process, for example, the first identifier is carried in the RRC Setup Complete message.
  • the access layer connection includes an RRC connection.
  • the first terminal device re-establishes the RRC connection
  • the first identifier is sent during the process, for example, the first identifier is carried in the RRC Setup Complete message.
  • the first terminal device sends the first identifier during the cell handover process.
  • the first terminal device performs S525 and S526 at the same time.
  • the first terminal device may not report the first identifier during the RRC connection reestablishment process. Specifically, before the RRC connection re-establishment process, the first terminal device has already performed the RRC connection initial establishment process, if the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device during the RRC connection initial establishment process, and If the network device stores the first identification of the first terminal device, the first terminal device does not need to repeatedly send the first identification, that is, there is no need to perform S526. Similarly, the first terminal device may not report the first identifier during cell handover.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device has performed the RRC connection initial establishment process, if the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device A during the RRC connection initial establishment process, and the network device A stores the first identification of the first terminal device. Even if the first terminal device switches from cell A (the cell corresponding to network device A) to cell B (the cell corresponding to network device B), the network devices corresponding to the two cells are in During the context exchange process of the first terminal device, the first identifier is included in the context information. That is to say, network device A can also provide the first identifier to network device B through context information, and the first terminal device does not need to repeatedly send the first identifier, that is, there is no need to perform S526.
  • the network equipment can determine the association between the relay device and the first terminal device based on the first identifier. For details, please refer to the introduction of S524, which will not be described again here. .
  • Option 2 There is no binding relationship between the action of the first terminal device sending the first identifier and establishing the access layer connection. That is, in Option 2, the first terminal device is allowed to initiate access to the first network device or other network devices under certain circumstances.
  • the first identifier is not sent after layer connection (for example, after RRC connection).
  • solution two includes S527:
  • the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device.
  • the network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier in S527 is consistent with the first identifier in S504, which will not be described again here.
  • the first terminal device performs S527 when it has needs.
  • the introduction of Figure 8b, Figure 8c, Figure 11a or Figure 11b below please refer to the introduction of Figure 8b, Figure 8c, Figure 11a or Figure 11b below, which will not be described again here.
  • the first terminal device Actively initiate random access to the network device and establish an access layer connection so that there is an access layer connection between the first terminal device and the network device, and transmit the first identifier after completing the access layer connection; or, after the random access, During the entry process, the first identifier is sent through small packet transmission.
  • Method A The first network device uses plan 1 according to condition a1 and the first terminal device. That is to say, mode A includes S525, S526, S524 and S522.
  • the first terminal device If the first terminal device is in the connected state, when the first terminal device switches from a cell other than the target cell to the target cell, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device. For details, see the relevant description of Solution 1.
  • the first terminal device executes S525 and S526, that is, the first terminal device initiates a random access to the first network device. , and establishes an access layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection.
  • S525 and S526 that is, the first terminal device initiates a random access to the first network device. , and establishes an access layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection.
  • Condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • the first network device sends the first SSB.
  • the first terminal device moves, for example, from location A to location B. Wherein, the first terminal device cannot receive the first SSB when it is at location A, but can receive the first SSB when it is at location B.
  • the first terminal device in the idle state receives the third signal from the first network device.
  • One SSB is
  • the cell identity determined by the first terminal device based on the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • the first terminal device can determine that the cell where it is located is the target cell.
  • the first terminal device camps on the target cell, initiates random access, and establishes an access layer connection with the first network device. It should be understood that when condition B is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also enter the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
  • the condition C includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the scenario corresponding to condition C may include: the first terminal device moves, and the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is from greater than the first threshold to less than the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines that its current location coincides with the target location, or the first terminal device determines that the distance between its current location and the target location is less than First threshold, the first terminal device may not be in the signal coverage area of the relay device, then the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the first terminal device based on the first identifier
  • the association relationship with the relay device enables the first network device to control the relay device to open the forwarding channel in advance.
  • the first terminal device after the first terminal device enters the target location, the first terminal device can be provided with a signal enhancement service by the relay device to avoid the signal failure caused by the relay device not opening the forwarding channel in time after the first terminal device enters the target location. Problem of poor quality. It should be understood that when condition C is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
  • condition D includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements. That is to say, the first terminal device needs to send uplink information to the first network device.
  • the first terminal device executes S525 and S526, that is, the first terminal device initiates random access to the first network device, establishes an access layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection.
  • the first network device after receiving the first identification, the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device through the first association relationship obtained in stage one, and then , the first network device sends first indication information to the relay device based on condition a1. That is to say, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S524 and S522.
  • Method B The first network device uses method 2 according to condition a1 and the first terminal device.
  • method B includes S527, S524 and S522.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device determines that condition B and/or condition C is met, the first terminal device executes S527, that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • S527 that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also enter the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
  • condition C includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
  • condition D includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements. That is to say, the first terminal device needs to send uplink information to the first network device.
  • condition B and condition D are met, and/or when the first terminal device determines that condition C and condition D are met, the first terminal device executes S527: The first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device.
  • the first network device after receiving the first identification, the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device through the first association relationship obtained in stage one, and then , the first network device sends first indication information to the relay device based on condition a1. That is to say, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S524 and S522.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device before sending the first identification, the first terminal device needs to actively initiate random access to the first network device through a small packet (for example, The first identifier is carried in the msgA or msg3) transmission method during the random access process to send the first identifier to the first network device, or after the access layer connection (such as RRC connection) is established, the first identifier is sent to the first network device. logo.
  • Method C The first network device is based on condition a2 and the first terminal device uses plan one. That is to say, mode C includes S525, S526, S5212a, S524 and S522.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device determines that condition B and/or condition C is met, the first terminal device executes S5212a, that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device. Request information.
  • condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also enter the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device.
  • the condition C includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold. Value, for details, please refer to the introduction of method A above, and will not be repeated here. It should be understood that when condition C is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device.
  • condition D includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements. That is to say, the first terminal device needs to send uplink information to the first network device.
  • the first terminal device executes S5212a, that is, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device has established an access layer connection with the first network device, through the relevant description of solution 1, the first terminal device has already communicated to the The first network device sends the first identification. In this case, the first terminal device may first send the first identification to the first network device, and then, if condition B and/or condition C are met, send the first request information to the first network device, as shown in Figure 8d "Method 1" is shown in the dotted box.
  • the first terminal device has not established an access layer connection with the first network device, before sending the first request information to the first network device, if the first terminal device determines that condition B and/or condition C is met, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device.
  • a network device initiates a random access process and establishes an access layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device according to the relevant description of solution one. Afterwards, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device, as shown in the dotted box where "Method 2" is located in Figure 8d.
  • the first network device determines the first identification based on the first identification and the first association relationship obtained in stage one.
  • a terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device, and then the first network device sends first indication information to the relay device based on condition a2. That is to say, after receiving the first request information, the first network device executes S524 and S522.
  • S526 and S5211a are corresponding steps.
  • S5212a may be executed first, and then S524 may be executed, or S524 may be executed first, and then S5212a may be executed, or S5212a and S524 may be executed simultaneously, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Method D The first network device uses method 2 according to condition a2 and the first terminal device. That is to say, mode D includes S527, S5212a, S524 and S522.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device determines that condition B and/or condition C is met, the first terminal device executes S5212a, that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • Request information wherein, the first request information includes a first identifier.
  • condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also enter the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device.
  • the condition C includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device.
  • condition D includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements. That is to say, the first terminal device needs to send uplink information to the first network device.
  • the first terminal device executes S5212a, that is, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device.
  • the first network device After the first network device receives the first request information (the first request information includes the first identification), the first network device based on the first identification in the first request information and the first obtained in phase one. An association relationship, it is determined that the first terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device, and then the first network device sends the first indication information to the relay device based on condition a2. That is to say, after receiving the first request information, the first network device executes S524 and S522.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device before sending the first request information, the first terminal device needs to actively initiate a random access process to the first network device through a small packet (for example, the first request information is carried in the msgA or msg3) transmission method during the random access process to send the first request information to the first network device, or after the access layer connection (such as RRC connection) is established, the first request information is sent to the first network device. The device sends the first request information.
  • the first request information is carried in the msgA or msg3 transmission method during the random access process to send the first request information to the first network device, or after the access layer connection (such as RRC connection) is established, the first request information is sent to the first network device.
  • the device sends the first request information.
  • Phase 3 Forwarding channel closure phase
  • the forwarding channel closing phase is mainly used to implement: when the first network device determines that condition E is met, the first network device sends third indication information to the relay device. Among them, condition E is related to the first terminal device.
  • the third instruction information instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel, so that the relay device stops providing signal enhancement services to the first terminal device to avoid interference to other communication devices caused by signals transmitted by the relay device.
  • the forwarding channel closing phase includes the following steps:
  • the first network device determines that condition E is met.
  • condition E includes at least one of the following (that is, condition E includes condition e1 and/or condition e2):
  • Condition e1 The first terminal equipment switches from the target cell to the first cell.
  • the first cell is a cell other than the target cell.
  • the first cell in S541 and the first cell in S521 may be the same or different, and this is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • S541 includes S5411.
  • S5411 includes: the first network device determines that the condition e1 is met, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition e1 is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal device has left its coverage area, and therefore also left the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send a third indication to the relay device. Information instructing it to close the forwarding channel.
  • Condition e2 The first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device.
  • the second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel in the relay device.
  • S541 includes S5412.
  • S5412 includes: the first network device determines that condition e2 is met, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition e2 is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal has a need to close the forwarding channel of the relay device or no longer has a need to open the forwarding channel of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send a request to the relay device. The device sends third instruction information to instruct it to close the forwarding channel.
  • the first network device For the first network device, after the first network device determines that condition E is met, if the terminal device associated with the relay device is the first terminal device (that is, the terminal device associated with the relay device is one), then the first The network device executes S542a, as shown in the dotted box where "Scenario 1" is located in Figure 9, or, if the terminal device associated with the relay device is multiple terminal devices, the first network device executes S542b, as shown in "Scenario 1" in Figure 9 Scene 2" is shown in the dotted box. Among them, S542a and S542b are introduced as follows:
  • the first network device sends the third instruction information to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device.
  • the third instruction information instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device,
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device.
  • the implementation process of S542a can also be described as: the first network device determines to send the third indication information to the relay device according to the first association relationship.
  • the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device.
  • the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  • the first network device determines that there is an association relationship between the relay device and the first terminal device.
  • the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device.
  • the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device.
  • Condition I includes: among all terminal devices associated with the relay device, the terminal device other than the first terminal device switches from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the terminal devices associated with the relay device are a first terminal device and a second terminal device
  • the first terminal device satisfies the above condition E
  • the second terminal device also switches from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • a cell other than the target cell may refer to a cell.
  • the terminal devices associated with the relay device are the first terminal device, the second terminal device and the third terminal device
  • the first terminal device satisfies the above condition E
  • the second terminal device and the third terminal device are also from
  • the target cell is switched to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the second terminal device and the third terminal device may be switched to the same cell or to different cells, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a cell other than the target cell may refer to one cell or two cells. It should be understood that when the relay device is associated with more terminal devices, cells other than the target cell may also refer to more cells.
  • the relay device After receiving the third indication information, the relay device executes S543:
  • the relay device closes the forwarding channel according to the third instruction information.
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device includes an uplink forwarding channel and a downlink forwarding channel. See the introduction in Figure 2a for details.
  • the relay device closes the uplink forwarding channel and the downlink forwarding channel according to the third instruction information, and no longer provides signal enhancement services to the first terminal device.
  • the second request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device
  • the third indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the second request information and The third indication information does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device, and avoids the problem of untimely closing of the forwarding channel due to poor signal quality of the short-distance connection, thereby controlling the forwarding in a timely and accurate manner.
  • the working status of the channel is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device
  • the third indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the second request information and The third indication information does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device, and avoids the problem of untimely closing of the forwarding channel due to poor signal quality of the short-distance connection, thereby controlling the forwarding in a timely and accurate manner.
  • the working status of the channel is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device
  • the first network device determines that condition e1 is met.
  • the condition e1 includes: the first terminal device switches from the target cell to the first cell.
  • S5411 includes S5411a and S5411b:
  • the first terminal device and the first network device perform a cell switching process.
  • the first network device sends a handover command to the first terminal device to instruct the first terminal device to perform cell handover.
  • a handover command to the first terminal device to instruct the first terminal device to perform cell handover.
  • 3GPP related technical specifications please refer to 3GPP related technical specifications, which will not be described again here.
  • the first network device After receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S5411b:
  • the first network device determines that condition e1 is met based on the second signaling.
  • the first network device determines that the first terminal device is switched based on the relevant signaling for the cell switching of the first terminal device. When the device switches from the target cell to the first cell, condition e1 is satisfied.
  • the first network device may determine that condition e1 is satisfied based on the relevant signaling of cell handover.
  • the first network device determines that condition e2 is met.
  • the condition e2 includes: the first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device.
  • the second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel in the relay device.
  • S5412 includes S5412a:
  • the first terminal device sends the second request information to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device.
  • the second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel in the relay device.
  • the second request information includes a first identifier
  • the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device.
  • the first identifier please refer to the introduction of S504, which will not be described again here.
  • timing of sending the second request information can be referred to the introduction of Figure 11c and Figure 11d below, which will not be described again here.
  • the second request information is transmitted after the access layer connection. That is to say, for the first network device, if the first network device can receive the second request information, it can determine that the condition e2 is met.
  • Method E The first network device is based on condition e1 and the first terminal device uses plan one. That is to say, mode E includes S525, S526, S524 and S542.
  • the first terminal device when there is no access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device, or the access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device When disconnected, if the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first terminal device executes S525 and S526, that is, the first terminal device initiates random access to the first network device and establishes access. layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection.
  • S525 and S526 that is, the first terminal device initiates random access to the first network device and establishes access. layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection.
  • the condition F includes: the cell where the first terminal equipment is camped is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the target cell please refer to the introduction of S507 and will not be repeated here.
  • the first network device sends the first SSB.
  • the first terminal device in the idle state receives the first SSB from the first network device.
  • the first terminal device determines that it will be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell, such as the first cell. In this case, the first terminal device executes S525 and S526. For details, see the introduction of Solution 1, which will not be described again here.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it is about to leave the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also leave the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends a message to the first network device.
  • the first identification enables the first network device to determine the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  • the condition H includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines that its current location is outside the target location, And the distance to the target position is greater than the first threshold, then the first terminal device executes S525 and S526.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it has left the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device so that the first network device determines that the relay device and the first terminal device, thereby instructing the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  • the first network device after the first terminal device actively establishes an access layer connection with the first network device, when the first terminal device is about to leave the target cell, the first network device, A cell handover process is performed between the third network device and the first terminal device.
  • the third network device is a network device that the first terminal device accesses after the cell handover process.
  • the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association with the first relay device according to the first identification of the first terminal device and the first association relationship in stage one, and determines according to the cell handover process.
  • condition e1 is met, the third indication information is sent to the relay device. That is to say, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S524 and S542.
  • Method F The first network device uses plan 2 according to condition e1 and the first terminal device. That is to say, mode F includes S527, S524 and S542.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first terminal device executes S527, that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • S527 that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • the condition F includes: the cell where the first terminal equipment is camped is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it is about to leave the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also leave the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends a message to the first network device.
  • the first identification enables the first network device to determine the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  • the condition H includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it has left the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device so that the first network device determines that the relay device and the first terminal device, thereby instructing the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  • the first terminal device when there is no access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device, or when the access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device is disconnected, the first terminal device When it is determined that condition F and/or condition H are met, random access is actively initiated to the first network device and an access layer connection is established, so that there is an access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device. After completing the access layer connection, the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device.
  • the first network device after the first terminal device actively establishes an access layer connection with the first network device, when the first terminal is about to leave the target cell, the first network device and the first network device A cell handover process is performed between the third network device and the first terminal device.
  • the third network device is a network device that the first terminal device accesses after the cell handover process.
  • the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association with the first relay device through the first association relationship obtained in stage 1. Then, the first network device sends the first network device to the relay device based on condition e1. Three instructions. That is to say, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S524 and S542.
  • Method G The first network device is based on condition e2 and the first terminal device uses plan one. That is to say, mode G includes S525, S526, S5412a, S524 and S542.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first terminal device executes S5412a, that is, the first terminal device sends the second Request information.
  • the condition F includes: the cell where the first terminal equipment is camped is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it is about to leave the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also leave the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends a message to the first network device.
  • the second request information is to request the first network device to instruct the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  • the condition H includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it has left the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the second request information to the first network device to request the first network device to instruct the relay. The device closes the forwarding channel.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device has established an access layer connection with the first network device, through the relevant description of solution 1, the first terminal device has already communicated to the The first network device sends the first identification. In this case, the first terminal device can first send the first identification to the first network device, and then, if condition F and/or condition H are met, send the second request information to the first network device, as shown in Figure 11c "Method 1" is shown in the dotted box.
  • the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device, before the first network device sends the second request information, if the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first network device sends a request to the first network device.
  • the network device initiates a random access process and establishes an access layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device according to the relevant description of solution one.
  • the first terminal device sends the second request information to the first network device, as shown in the dotted box where "Method 2" is located in Figure 11c.
  • the first network device determines the first identification based on the first identification and the first association relationship obtained in stage one.
  • a terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device, and then the first network device sends third indication information to the relay device based on condition e2. That is to say, after receiving the second request information, the first network device executes S542.
  • Method H The first network device is based on condition e2 and the first terminal device uses plan 2. That is, mode H includes S527, S5412a, S524, and S542.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first terminal device executes S5412a, that is, the first terminal device sends the second Request information.
  • the second request information includes the first identifier.
  • the condition F includes: the cell where the first terminal equipment is camped is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it is about to leave the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also leave the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends a message to the first network device.
  • the second request information is to request the first network device to instruct the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  • the condition H includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it has left the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the second request information to the first network device to request the first network device to instruct the relay. The device closes the forwarding channel.
  • the first network device receives the second request information (the second request information After the information includes the first identifier), the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device based on the first identifier in the second request information and the first association relationship obtained in stage one, and then, The first network device sends third indication information to the relay device based on condition e2. That is to say, after receiving the second request information, the first network device executes S542.
  • this scenario can include phase one and phase two.
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device is closed by default in the initial working state, and the forwarding channel is opened through each step of the second phase. That is, the communication method 500 in the embodiment of the present application can be opened accurately and timely.
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device can include phase one and phase two.
  • the scenario may include phase one, phase two, and phase three.
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device is closed by default in the initial working state.
  • the forwarding channel is opened through each step of Phase 2, and there is no self-correlation within the signal coverage area of the relay device.
  • the forwarding channel is closed through each step of phase three, that is, the communication method 500 in the embodiment of the present application can accurately and timely open and close the forwarding channel of the relay device.
  • this scenario can include Phase One and Phase Three.
  • the forwarding channel of the relay device is enabled by default in the initial working state.
  • the forwarding channel is implemented through each step of phase three. closure, that is, the communication method 500 in the embodiment of the present application can accurately and timely close the forwarding channel of the relay device.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device.
  • the communication device may be the network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network element, or a component that can be used for the network element.
  • the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • FIG. 12a and FIG. 12b show a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200.
  • the communication device 1200 includes: a processor 1201, a communication interface 1202, and a memory 1203.
  • the communication device may also include a bus 1204.
  • the communication interface 1202, the processor 1201 and the memory 1203 can be connected to each other through the bus 1204;
  • the bus 1204 can be a peripheral component interconnect standard (peripheral component interconnect, PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus etc.
  • PCI peripheral component interconnect
  • EISA extended industry standard architecture
  • the bus 1204 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figures 12a and 12b, but this does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 1201 can be a CPU, a general-purpose processor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, Hardware components or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with this disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and microprocessors, and so on.
  • the communication device 1200 in Figure 12a may be the first terminal device in the communication method 500 in this embodiment of the application, and the processor 1201 is used to support the first terminal device to perform processing operations.
  • the communication interface 1202 is used to support the first terminal device Prepare to perform sending and receiving operations.
  • the communication device 1200 in Figure 12a may be a relay device in the communication method 500 in this embodiment of the present application, and the processor 1201 is used to support the relay device to perform processing operations.
  • the communication interface 1202 is used to support the relay device to perform sending and receiving operations.
  • the communication device 1200 in Figure 12a may be the first network device in the communication method 500 in this embodiment of the present application, and the processor 1201 is used to support the first network device to perform processing operations.
  • the communication interface 1202 is used to support the first network device to perform sending and receiving operations.
  • the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12b further includes a repeater 1205.
  • the processor 1201, communication interface 1202, memory 1203 and bus 1204 can be referred to the introduction in Figure 12a and will not be described again here.
  • the repeater 1205 is used to forward the uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the repeater 1205 is used to forward the uplink information from the first network to the first terminal device.
  • Downlink information of the device That is to say, opening the forwarding channel as mentioned above can be understood as opening the forwarder 1205. Closing the forwarding channel as mentioned above can be understood as closing the forwarder 1205.
  • the transponder 1205 may include an RF device, a power amplifier, etc. For details, see the introduction of the transponder module in Figure 2b and will not be described again here.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product carrying computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute the method described in the above embodiments.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute the method described in the above embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, including: a processing circuit and a transceiver circuit.
  • the processing circuit and the transceiver circuit are used to implement the method introduced in the above embodiment.
  • the processing circuit is used to perform the processing actions in the corresponding method, and the transceiver circuit is used to perform the receiving/transmitting actions in the corresponding method.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state drives (SSD)) wait.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple modules or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules, and may be in electrical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple devices. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • the present application can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general hardware. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is a better implementation. . Based on this understanding, the essence or the contribution part of the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, such as a computer floppy disk, a hard disk or an optical disk. etc., including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The application provides a communication method and apparatus, relates to the technical field of wireless communication, and can accurately and timely control the working state of a forwarding channel of a relay device. The method comprises: a first network device determining that a first condition is satisfied. The first condition comprises at least one of the following: a first terminal device switching from a first cell to a target cell, or the first terminal device initiating random access in the target cell; a network device corresponding to the target cell being a first network device; and the first network device receiving first request information from the first terminal device, and the first request information requesting to turn on a forwarding channel in the relay device. The first network device sending first indication information to the relay device, so as to instruct the relay device to turn on the forwarding channel. The relay device comprises the forwarding channel, and the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication methods and devices
本申请要求于2022年05月23日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210562194.9、发明名称为“一种NCR控制方法、网络设备、终端设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及2022年06月24日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210726875.4、申请名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on May 23, 2022, with the application number 202210562194.9 and the invention name "an NCR control method, network equipment, and terminal equipment", and in June 2022 The priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on the 24th with the application number 202210726875.4 and the application title "Communication Method and Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
中继设备能够提供信号增强的服务,以提高无线网络的覆盖范围。若终端设备在中继设备的信号覆盖范围内,则中继设备需开启自身的转发通道,为终端设备提供信号增强服务。若中继设备的信号覆盖范围不存在与自身关联的终端设备,则中继设备需关闭自身的转发通道,从而降低自身功耗和对其他通信设备的干扰。如何准确、及时地控制中继设备的转发通道的工作状态,是亟待解决的问题。Relay equipment can provide signal enhancement services to improve the coverage of wireless networks. If the terminal device is within the signal coverage of the relay device, the relay device needs to open its own forwarding channel to provide signal enhancement services for the terminal device. If there is no terminal device associated with the relay device within its signal coverage, the relay device needs to close its own forwarding channel to reduce its own power consumption and interference to other communication devices. How to accurately and timely control the working status of the forwarding channel of relay equipment is an issue that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,能够准确、及时地控制中继设备的转发通道的工作状态。为达到上述目的,本申请采用如下技术方案:This application provides a communication method and device that can accurately and timely control the working status of the forwarding channel of the relay device. In order to achieve the above purpose, this application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法的执行主体可以是第一网络设备,也可以是应用于第一网络设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是第一网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:The first aspect is to provide a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be the first network device, or may be a chip applied in the first network device. The following description takes the execution subject being the first network device as an example. The method includes:
第一网络设备确定满足第一条件,其中,第一条件包括以下至少一项:The first network device determines that the first condition is met, where the first condition includes at least one of the following:
第一项,第一终端设备从第一小区切换到目标小区内,或者,第一终端设备在目标小区内发起随机接入。其中,目标小区对应的网络设备为第一网络设备。第一小区是除目标小区之外的一个小区。The first item is that the first terminal device switches from the first cell to the target cell, or the first terminal device initiates random access in the target cell. Wherein, the network device corresponding to the target cell is the first network device. The first cell is a cell other than the target cell.
第二项,第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第一请求信息。其中,第一请求信息请求开启中继设备中的转发通道。Item 2: The first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device. The first request information requests opening of a forwarding channel in the relay device.
第一网络设备向中继设备发送第一指示信息。其中,第一指示信息指示中继设备开启转发通道。转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息。中继设备与第一终端设备关联。The first network device sends first indication information to the relay device. The first instruction information instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel. The forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device. The relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
也就是说,当第一项条件满足时,第一网络设备能够确定第一终端设备进入其覆盖区域,故也会或者即将会进入中继设备的覆盖区域,因此,可以向中继设备发送第一指示信息指示其提前打开转发通道,为第一终端设备提供服务;当第二项条件满足时,第一网络设备能够确定第一终端有打开中继设备转发通道的需求,因此,可以向中继设备发送第一指示信息指示其打开转发通道,为第一终端设备提供服务。第一请求信息是由第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送的信息,并且,第一指示信息是由第一网络设备向中继设备发送的信息,所以,第一请求信息和第一指示信息不依赖于第一终端设备与中继设备之间的短距连接,一般第一终端设备和第一网络设备之间的可用功率更高,传输模块能力更强,所以也就避免了由于短距 连接的信号质量差所导致的转发通道开启不及时的问题,从而及时、准确地控制转发通道的工作状态。That is to say, when the first condition is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal device has entered its coverage area, and therefore will also or will soon enter the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send the third terminal device to the relay device. An instruction message instructs it to open the forwarding channel in advance to provide services for the first terminal device; when the second condition is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal has the need to open the forwarding channel of the relay device, and therefore, can The relay device sends first instruction information to instruct it to open a forwarding channel and provide services for the first terminal device. The first request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device, and the first instruction information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the first request information and the first instruction information It does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal equipment and the relay equipment. Generally, the available power between the first terminal equipment and the first network equipment is higher, and the transmission module has stronger capabilities, so it avoids the short-distance connection between the first terminal equipment and the first network equipment. The forwarding channel is not opened in time due to poor signal quality of the connection, so as to control the working status of the forwarding channel in a timely and accurate manner.
应理解的是,当中继设备打开转发通道后,中继设备也可以为其他终端设备提供信号转发的服务。It should be understood that after the relay device opens the forwarding channel, the relay device can also provide signal forwarding services for other terminal devices.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备向中继设备发送第一指示信息之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备根据第一标识和第一关联关系,确定中继设备与第一终端设备关联,其中,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第一关联关系指示中继设备与第一终端设备关联,以使第一网络设备获知中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系。也就是说,第一网络设备在确定中继设备与第一终端设备具备关联关系之后,才会向中继设备发送第一指示信息指示其打开转发通道。In a possible design, before the first network device sends the first indication information to the relay device, the method further includes: the first network device determines, based on the first identification and the first association relationship, that the relay device is related to the first Terminal device association, wherein the first identification is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device, so that the first network device knows the relationship between the relay device and the first terminal device. connection relation. That is to say, after determining that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device, the first network device will send the first instruction information to the relay device to instruct it to open the forwarding channel.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识,以使第一网络设备获取第一标识。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first network device receiving the first identification from the first terminal device, so that the first network device obtains the first identification.
在一种可能的设计中,第一请求信息包括第一标识。第一标识用于标识第一终端设备。In a possible design, the first request information includes a first identifier. The first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device.
也就是说,第一请求信息中携带了第一标识,第一网络设备获取第一请求信息的同时,也能够获取到第一标识。That is to say, the first request information carries the first identifier, and the first network device can also obtain the first identifier while obtaining the first request information.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备根据第一标识和第一关联关系,确定中继设备与第一终端设备关联之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息至少指示中继设备与第一终端设备具有关联关系。In a possible design, before the first network device determines that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device based on the first identification and the first association relationship, the method further includes: the first network device receives a message from the relay device. Second instruction information. The second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
也就是说,中继设备向第一网络设备上报自身与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,以使第一网络设备获知中继设备与第一终端设备关联。That is to say, the relay device reports the association relationship between itself and the first terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device learns that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息至少包括第一标识。或者,第二指示信息至少包括第一标识和第二标识。其中,第二标识用于标识中继设备。In a possible design, the second indication information at least includes the first identification. Alternatively, the second indication information at least includes a first identification and a second identification. The second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备根据第一标识和第一关联关系,确定中继设备与第一终端设备关联之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的标识信息。标识信息至少包括第一标识,或者,标识信息至少包括第一标识和第二标识。第二标识用于标识中继设备,以使第一网络设备基于标识信息获知中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系。In a possible design, before the first network device determines that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device based on the first identification and the first association relationship, the method further includes: the first network device receives a message from the relay device. Identification information. The identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification. The second identification is used to identify the relay device, so that the first network device can learn the association between the relay device and the first terminal device based on the identification information.
在一种可能的设计中,第一标识为第一终端设备的国际移动用户识别码IMSI。或者,第一标识为第一终端设备的网卡的媒体接入控制MAC地址。In a possible design, the first identifier is the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI of the first terminal device. Alternatively, the first identifier is the media access control MAC address of the network card of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二标识为中继设备的IMSI。或者,第二标识为中继设备的网卡的MAC地址。In a possible design, the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device. Alternatively, the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一标识和/或第二标识可以是其他稳定、非被网络设备分配的标识。In a possible design, the first identity and/or the second identity may be other stable identities that are not assigned by network devices.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备向中继设备发送第一指示信息之后,该方法还包括:第一网络设备确定满足第二条件,其中,第二条件包括以下至少一项:In a possible design, after the first network device sends the first indication information to the relay device, the method further includes: the first network device determines that a second condition is met, where the second condition includes at least one of the following:
第一项,第一终端设备从目标小区切换到第一小区。The first item is that the first terminal equipment switches from the target cell to the first cell.
第二项,第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第二请求信息。其中,第二请求信息请求关闭转发通道。In the second item, the first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device. The second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel.
第一网络设备向中继设备发送第三指示信息,或者,在满足第三条件的情况下,第一网络设备向中继设备发送第三指示信息。其中,第三条件包括:中继设备关联的所有终端设备 中,除第一终端设备之外的终端设备从目标小区切换到除目标小区之外的小区。第三指示信息指示中继设备关闭转发通道。The first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device, or, if the third condition is met, the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device. Among them, the third condition includes: all terminal devices associated with the relay device , a terminal device other than the first terminal device is switched from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell. The third instruction information instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
也就是说,当第一项条件满足时,第一网络设备能够确定第一终端设备已经离开其覆盖区域,故也离开中继设备的覆盖区域,因此,可以向中继设备发送第三指示信息,指示其关闭转发通道;当第二项条件满足时,第一网络设备能够确定第一终端有关闭中继设备转发通道的需求或者不再有打开中继设备转发通道的需求,因此,可以向中继设备发送第三指示信息,指示其关闭转发通道。第二请求信息是由第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送的信息,并且,第三指示信息是由第一网络设备向中继设备发送的信息,所以,第二请求信息和第三指示信息不依赖于第一终端设备与中继设备之间的短距连接,一般第一终端设备和第一网络设备之间的可用功率更高,传输模块能力更强,所以也就避免了由于短距连接的信号质量差所导致的转发通道关闭不及时的问题,从而及时、准确地控制转发通道的工作状态。That is to say, when the first condition is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal device has left its coverage area, and therefore also left the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send the third indication information to the relay device. , instructing it to close the forwarding channel; when the second condition is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal has a need to close the forwarding channel of the relay device or no longer has a need to open the forwarding channel of the relay device. Therefore, it can The relay device sends third instruction information to instruct it to close the forwarding channel. The second request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device, and the third instruction information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the second request information and the third instruction information It does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal equipment and the relay equipment. Generally, the available power between the first terminal equipment and the first network equipment is higher, and the transmission module has stronger capabilities, so it avoids the short-distance connection between the first terminal equipment and the first network equipment. The forwarding channel is not closed in time due to poor signal quality of the connection, so as to control the working status of the forwarding channel in a timely and accurate manner.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的第二指示信息之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备发送第一能力信息。其中,第一能力信息指示以下至少一项功能:第一网络设备能够接收并处理第二指示信息。或者,第一网络设备能够接收并处理第一请求信息。又或者,第一网络设备能够接收并处理第二请求信息。如此,在第一网络设备的信号覆盖范围内的通信设备,如第一终端设备、中继设备等,即可获知第一网络设备的设备能力。In a possible design, before the first network device receives the second indication information from the relay device, the method further includes: the first network device sends the first capability information. The first capability information indicates at least one of the following functions: the first network device can receive and process the second indication information. Alternatively, the first network device can receive and process the first request information. Alternatively, the first network device can receive and process the second request information. In this way, communication devices within the signal coverage range of the first network device, such as the first terminal device, relay device, etc., can learn the device capabilities of the first network device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的第二指示信息之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的以下至少一项信息:设备类型信息,或第二能力信息。其中,设备类型信息用于指示中继设备的设备类型。第二能力信息指示中继设备能够上报第二指示信息,以使第一网络设备获知中继设备的设备能力。In a possible design, before the first network device receives the second indication information from the relay device, the method further includes: the first network device receives at least one of the following information from the relay device: device type information, or secondary capability information. The device type information is used to indicate the device type of the relay device. The second capability information indicates that the relay device can report the second indication information, so that the first network device can learn the device capabilities of the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第三能力信息。其中,第三能力信息指示第一终端设备能够上报第一标识,以使第一网络设备获知第一终端设备的设备能力。In a possible design, before the first network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device, the method further includes: the first network device receives third capability information from the first terminal device. The third capability information indicates that the first terminal device can report the first identifier, so that the first network device can learn the device capabilities of the first terminal device.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法的执行主体可以是第一网络设备,也可以是应用于第一网络设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是第一网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:The second aspect is to provide a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be the first network device, or may be a chip applied in the first network device. The following description takes the execution subject being the first network device as an example. The method includes:
第一网络设备确定满足第二条件,其中,第二条件包括以下至少一项:The first network device determines that the second condition is met, where the second condition includes at least one of the following:
第一项,第一终端设备从目标小区切换到第一小区。The first item is that the first terminal equipment switches from the target cell to the first cell.
第二项,第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第二请求信息。其中,第二请求信息请求关闭转发通道。In the second item, the first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device. The second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel.
第一网络设备向中继设备发送第三指示信息,或者,在满足第三条件的情况下,第一网络设备向中继设备发送第三指示信息。其中,第三条件包括:中继设备关联的所有终端设备中,除第一终端设备之外的终端设备从目标小区切换到除目标小区之外的小区。第三指示信息指示中继设备关闭转发通道。转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息。中继设备与第一终端设备关联。The first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device, or, if the third condition is met, the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device. The third condition includes: among all terminal devices associated with the relay device, the terminal device other than the first terminal device switches from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell. The third instruction information instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel. The forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device. The relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备向中继设备发送第三指示信息之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备根据第一标识和第一关联关系,确定中继设备与第一终端设备关联,其中,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第一关联关系指示中继设备与第一终端设备关联。In a possible design, before the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device, the method further includes: the first network device determines, based on the first identification and the first association relationship, that the relay device is related to the first Terminal device association, wherein the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备根据第一标识和第一关联关系,确定中继设备与 第一终端设备关联之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息至少指示中继设备与第一终端设备具有关联关系。In a possible design, the first network device determines, based on the first identification and the first association relationship, the relay device and Before the first terminal device is associated, the method further includes: the first network device receiving second indication information from the relay device. The second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息至少包括第一标识。或者,第二指示信息至少包括第一标识和第二标识。其中,第二标识用于标识中继设备。In a possible design, the second indication information at least includes the first identification. Alternatively, the second indication information at least includes a first identification and a second identification. The second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备根据第一标识和第一关联关系,确定中继设备与第一终端设备关联之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的标识信息。标识信息至少包括第一标识,或者,标识信息至少包括第一标识和第二标识。第二标识用于标识中继设备。In a possible design, before the first network device determines that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device based on the first identification and the first association relationship, the method further includes: the first network device receives a message from the relay device. Identification information. The identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification. The second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一标识为第一终端设备的国际移动用户识别码IMSI。或者,第一标识为第一终端设备的网卡的媒体接入控制MAC地址。In a possible design, the first identifier is the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI of the first terminal device. Alternatively, the first identifier is the media access control MAC address of the network card of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二标识为中继设备的IMSI。或者,第二标识为中继设备的网卡的MAC地址。In a possible design, the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device. Alternatively, the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一标识和/或第二标识可以是其他稳定、非被网络设备分配的标识。In a possible design, the first identity and/or the second identity may be other stable identities that are not assigned by network devices.
第二方面任意一种实现方式与第一方面中的部分实现方式相对应。第二方面以及第二方面中任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面中相应实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Any implementation manner of the second aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manner of the first aspect. The technical effects corresponding to the second aspect and any implementation method in the second aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect, and will not be described again here.
第三方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法的执行主体可以是中继设备,也可以是应用于中继设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是中继设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息。中继设备根据第一指示信息,开启转发通道。其中,中继设备包括转发通道。转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息。中继设备与第一终端设备关联。The third aspect is to provide a communication method. The execution subject of this method may be a relay device or a chip applied in the relay device. The following description takes the execution subject as a relay device as an example. The method includes: the relay device receives first indication information from the first network device. The relay device opens the forwarding channel according to the first instruction information. Among them, the relay device includes a forwarding channel. The forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device. The relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
也就是说,第一指示信息是由第一网络设备向中继设备发送的信息,所以,第一指示信息不依赖于第一终端设备与中继设备之间的短距连接,避免了由于短距连接的信号质量差所导致的转发通道开启不及时的问题,从而及时、准确地控制转发通道的工作状态。That is to say, the first indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the first indication information does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device, avoiding the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device. The forwarding channel is not opened in a timely manner due to poor signal quality of the remote connection, so as to control the working status of the forwarding channel in a timely and accurate manner.
应理解的是,当中继设备打开转发通道后,中继设备也可以为其他终端设备提供信号转发的服务。It should be understood that after the relay device opens the forwarding channel, the relay device can also provide signal forwarding services for other terminal devices.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息之前,该方法还包括:中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息。第二指示信息至少指示中继设备与第一终端设备具有关联关系,以向第一网络设备上报自身与第一终端设备之间的关联关系。In a possible design, before the relay device receives the first indication information from the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device. The second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device, so as to report the association relationship between itself and the first terminal device to the first network device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息至少包括第一标识。或者,第二指示信息至少包括第一标识和第二标识。其中,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第一标识是中继设备从第一终端设备获取的标识。第二标识用于标识中继设备。In a possible design, the second indication information at least includes the first identification. Alternatively, the second indication information at least includes a first identification and a second identification. The first identification is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identification is an identification obtained by the relay device from the first terminal device. The second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息之前,该方法还包括:中继设备向第一网络设备发送标识信息。其中,标识信息至少包括第一标识,或者,标识信息至少包括第一标识和第二标识。第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第二标识用于标识中继设备,以向第一网络设备上报自身与第一终端设备之间的关联关系。In a possible design, before the relay device receives the first indication information from the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends identification information to the first network device. The identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification. The first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the second identifier is used to identify the relay device to report the association relationship between itself and the first terminal device to the first network device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一标识为第一终端设备的国际移动用户识别码IMSI。或者,第 一标识为第一终端设备的网卡的媒体接入控制MAC地址。In a possible design, the first identifier is the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI of the first terminal device. Or, no. A media access control MAC address identified as the network card of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二标识为中继设备的IMSI。或者,第二标识为中继设备的网卡的MAC地址。In a possible design, the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device. Alternatively, the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一标识和/或第二标识可以是其他稳定、非被网络设备分配的标识。In a possible design, the first identity and/or the second identity may be other stable identities that are not assigned by network devices.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息之前,该方法还包括:中继设备发送广播消息。中继设备接收来自第一终端设备的响应消息。其中,响应消息包括第一标识。或者,响应消息用于中继设备确定建立第一连接,第一连接是中继设备与第一终端设备之间的连接,第一连接用于传输第一标识,以使中继设备获取第一标识。In a possible design, before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends a broadcast message. The relay device receives the response message from the first terminal device. The response message includes the first identifier. Alternatively, the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection. The first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device. The first connection is used to transmit the first identification so that the relay device obtains the first connection. logo.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息之前,第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:中继设备通过第一连接接收来自于第一终端设备的第一标识,从而使得中继设备获取第一标识。In a possible design, before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the relay device receives a message from the first terminal device through the first connection. The first identification enables the relay device to obtain the first identification.
在一种可能的设计中,响应消息还用于中继设备确定自身与第一终端设备关联。In a possible design, the response message is also used by the relay device to determine that it is associated with the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备根据第一指示信息,开启转发通道之后,该方法还包括:中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三指示信息。中继设备根据第三指示信息关闭转发通道。In a possible design, after the relay device opens the forwarding channel according to the first indication information, the method further includes: the relay device receives third indication information from the first network device. The relay device closes the forwarding channel according to the third instruction information.
也就是说,第三指示信息是由第一网络设备向中继设备发送的信息,所以,第三指示信息不依赖于第一终端设备与中继设备之间的短距连接,避免了由于短距连接的信号质量差所导致的转发通道关闭不及时的问题,从而及时、准确地控制转发通道的工作状态。That is to say, the third indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the third indication information does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device, avoiding the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device. The problem of untimely closing of the forwarding channel caused by poor signal quality of the connection can be solved in a timely and accurate manner to control the working status of the forwarding channel.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息之前,该方法还包括:中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一能力信息。其中,第一能力信息指示第一网络设备能够接收并处理第二指示信息,以使中继设备获取第一网络设备的设备能力。In a possible design, before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device receives the first capability information from the first network device. The first capability information indicates that the first network device can receive and process the second indication information, so that the relay device obtains the device capability of the first network device.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:中继设备向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息,以向其他网络设备上报自身与第一终端设备之间的关联关系。In a possible design, the method further includes: the relay device sending second indication information to the second network device to report the association relationship between itself and the first terminal device to other network devices.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息之前,该方法还包括:中继设备向第一网络设备发送以下至少一项信息:设备类型信息,或第二能力信息。其中,设备类型信息用于指示中继设备的设备类型。第二能力信息指示中继设备能够上报第二指示信息,以向第一网络设备上报自身的设备能力。In a possible design, before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends at least one of the following information to the first network device: device type information, or the first network device. 2. Capability information. The device type information is used to indicate the device type of the relay device. The second capability information indicates that the relay device can report the second indication information to report its own device capability to the first network device.
第四方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法的执行主体可以是中继设备,也可以是应用于中继设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是中继设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三指示信息。中继设备根据第三指示信息,关闭转发通道。其中,中继设备包括转发通道。转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息。中继设备与第一终端设备关联。The fourth aspect is to provide a communication method. The execution subject of this method may be a relay device or a chip applied in the relay device. The following description takes the execution subject as a relay device as an example. The method includes: the relay device receives third indication information from the first network device. The relay device closes the forwarding channel according to the third instruction information. Among them, the relay device includes a forwarding channel. The forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device. The relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三指示信息之前,该方法还包括:中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息至少指示中继设备与第一终端设备具有关联关系。In a possible design, before the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device. The second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息至少包括第一标识。或者,第二指示信息至少包括第一标识和第二标识。其中,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第一标识是中继设备从第一 终端设备获取的标识。第二标识用于标识中继设备。In a possible design, the second indication information at least includes the first identification. Alternatively, the second indication information at least includes a first identification and a second identification. Wherein, the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identifier is the relay device from the first The identification obtained by the terminal device. The second identifier is used to identify the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三指示信息之前,该方法还包括:中继设备向第一网络设备发送标识信息。其中,标识信息至少包括第一标识,或者,标识信息至少包括第一标识和第二标识。第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第二标识用于标识中继设备。In a possible design, before the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends identification information to the first network device. The identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification. The first identification is used to identify the first terminal device, and the second identification is used to identify the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一标识为第一终端设备的国际移动用户识别码IMSI。或者,第一标识为第一终端设备的网卡的媒体接入控制MAC地址。In a possible design, the first identifier is the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI of the first terminal device. Alternatively, the first identifier is the media access control MAC address of the network card of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二标识为中继设备的IMSI。或者,第二标识为中继设备的网卡的MAC地址。In a possible design, the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device. Alternatively, the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一标识和/或第二标识可以是其他稳定、非被网络设备分配的标识。In a possible design, the first identity and/or the second identity may be other stable identities that are not assigned by network devices.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息之前,该方法还包括:中继设备发送广播消息。中继设备接收来自第一终端设备的响应消息。其中,响应消息包括第一标识。或者,响应消息用于中继设备确定建立第一连接,第一连接是中继设备与第一终端设备之间的连接,第一连接用于传输第一标识。In a possible design, before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device, the method further includes: the relay device sends a broadcast message. The relay device receives the response message from the first terminal device. The response message includes the first identifier. Alternatively, the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection. The first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device, and the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
在一种可能的设计中,在中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息之前,第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:中继设备通过第一连接接收来自于第一终端设备的第一标识,从而使得中继设备获取第一标识。In a possible design, before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the relay device receives a message from the first terminal device through the first connection. The first identification enables the relay device to obtain the first identification.
在一种可能的设计中,响应消息还用于中继设备确定自身与第一终端设备关联。In a possible design, the response message is also used by the relay device to determine that it is associated with the first terminal device.
第四方面任意一种实现方式与第三方面中的部分实现方式相对应。第四方面以及第四方面中任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面中相应实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Any implementation method of the fourth aspect corresponds to some implementation methods of the third aspect. The technical effects corresponding to the fourth aspect and any implementation method in the fourth aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned third aspect, and will not be described again here.
第五方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法的执行主体可以是第一终端设备,也可以是应用于第一终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是第一终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:The fifth aspect provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be the first terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the first terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being the first terminal device as an example. The method includes:
第一终端设备确定满足第三条件,其中,第三条件包括以下至少一项:The first terminal device determines that the third condition is met, where the third condition includes at least one of the following:
第一项,第一终端设备能够接收到来自第一网络设备的第一同步信号块SSB,且第一SSB所对应的小区标识与目标小区的标识相同。The first item is that the first terminal device can receive the first synchronization signal block SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
第二项,第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离小于或等于第一阈值。The second item is that the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold.
第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息。其中,第一请求信息用于请求第一网络设备开启中继设备中的转发通道。转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息。第一终端设备与中继设备关联。The first terminal device sends first request information to the first network device. The first request information is used to request the first network device to open a forwarding channel in the relay device. The forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device. The first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一请求信息包括第一标识,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备。第一标识用于第一网络设备确定第一终端设备与中继设备关联。In a possible design, the first request information includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device. The first identification is used by the first network device to determine that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一终端设备还满足第四条件。其中,第四条件包括:第一终端设备有业务数据传输需求。In a possible design, the first terminal device also meets the fourth condition. Among them, the fourth condition includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备确定满足第三条件之前,该方法还包括:第一终端设备接收来自中继设备的广播消息。第一终端设备向中继设备发送响应消息。其中,响应消息包括第一标识。或者,响应消息用于中继设备确定建立第一连接,第一连接是中继设备 与第一终端设备之间的连接,第一连接用于传输第一标识。In a possible design, before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met, the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device. The first terminal device sends a response message to the relay device. The response message includes the first identifier. Alternatively, the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection, and the first connection is the relay device. The connection with the first terminal device, the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备确定满足第三条件之前,第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备通过第一连接向中继设备传输第一标识,以使中继设备获取到第一标识。In a possible design, before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device transmits the first identification to the relay device through the first connection, so that The relay device obtains the first identification.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第二SSB,第一终端设备根据第二SSB确定当前小区为目标小区。In a possible design, after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a second SSB from the first network device, and the first terminal device determines the current cell as the target cell according to the second SSB.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备根据自身的位置,确定目标位置。例如,第一终端设备将当前自身的位置作为目标位置。In a possible design, after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location. For example, the first terminal device uses its current position as the target position.
第五方面任意一种实现方式与第一方面和第三方面中的部分实现方式相对应。第五方面以及第五方面中任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面和第三方面中相应实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Any implementation manner of the fifth aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manners of the first aspect and the third aspect. The technical effects corresponding to the fifth aspect and any implementation method in the fifth aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect and third aspect, and will not be described again here.
第六方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法的执行主体可以是第一终端设备,也可以是应用于第一终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是第一终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:The sixth aspect is to provide a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be the first terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the first terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being the first terminal device as an example. The method includes:
第一终端设备确定满足第三条件,其中,第三条件包括以下至少一项:The first terminal device determines that the third condition is met, where the third condition includes at least one of the following:
第一项,第一终端设备能够接收到来自第一网络设备的第一同步信号块SSB,且第一SSB所对应的小区标识与目标小区的标识相同。The first item is that the first terminal device can receive the first synchronization signal block SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell.
第二项,第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离小于或等于第一阈值。The second item is that the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold.
第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识。其中,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第一标识用于第一网络设备确定第一终端设备与中继设备关联。The first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device. The first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used by the first network device to determine that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识之前,该方法还包括:若第一终端设备未和第一网络设备建立接入层连接,则第一终端设备向第一网络设备发起接入层连接。其中,接入层连接用于发送第一标识。In a possible design, before the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, the method further includes: if the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device, the first terminal device The device initiates an access layer connection to the first network device. Wherein, the access layer connection is used to send the first identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备确定满足第三条件之前,该方法还包括:第一终端设备接收来自中继设备的广播消息。第一终端设备向中继设备发送响应消息。其中,响应消息包括第一标识。或者,响应消息用于中继设备确定建立第一连接,第一连接是中继设备与第一终端设备之间的连接,第一连接用于传输第一标识。In a possible design, before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met, the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device. The first terminal device sends a response message to the relay device. The response message includes the first identifier. Alternatively, the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection. The first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device, and the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备确定满足第三条件之前,第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备通过第一连接向中继设备传输第一标识。In a possible design, before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device transmits the first identification to the relay device through the first connection.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第二SSB,第一终端设备根据第二SSB确定当前小区为目标小区。In a possible design, after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a second SSB from the first network device, and the first terminal device determines the current cell as the target cell according to the second SSB.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备根据自身的位置,确定目标位置。例如,第一终端设备将当前自身的位置作为目标位置。In a possible design, after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location. For example, the first terminal device uses its current position as the target position.
第六方面任意一种实现方式与第一方面和第三方面中的部分实现方式相对应。第六方面以及第六方面中任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面和第三方面中相应实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Any implementation manner of the sixth aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manners of the first aspect and the third aspect. The technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any implementation method in the sixth aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect and third aspect, and will not be described again here.
第七方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法的执行主体可以是第一终端设备,也可以是应用于第一终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是第一终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:The seventh aspect provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be the first terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the first terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being the first terminal device as an example. The method includes:
第一终端设备确定满足第五条件,其中,第五条件包括以下至少一项:The first terminal device determines that the fifth condition is met, where the fifth condition includes at least one of the following:
第一项,第一终端设备驻留的小区即将从目标小区重选至目标小区之外的小区,目标小 区是第一网络设备对应的小区。The first item is that the cell where the first terminal equipment resides is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell. The target cell The area is the cell corresponding to the first network device.
第二项,第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离大于或等于第一阈值。The second item is that the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息。其中,第二请求信息用于请求第一网络设备关闭中继设备中的转发通道。转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息。第一终端设备与中继设备关联。The first terminal device sends second request information to the first network device. The second request information is used to request the first network device to close the forwarding channel in the relay device. The forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device. The first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二请求信息包括第一标识。其中,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备。第一标识用于第一网络设备确定第一终端设备与中继设备关联。In a possible design, the second request information includes the first identification. The first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device. The first identification is used by the first network device to determine that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备确定满足第五条件之前,该方法还包括:第一终端设备接收来自中继设备的广播消息。第一终端设备向中继设备发送响应消息。其中,响应消息包括第一标识。或者,响应消息用于中继设备确定建立第一连接,第一连接是中继设备与第一终端设备之间的连接,第一连接用于传输第一标识。In a possible design, before the first terminal device determines that the fifth condition is met, the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device. The first terminal device sends a response message to the relay device. The response message includes the first identifier. Alternatively, the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection. The first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device, and the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备确定满足第三条件之前,第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备通过第一连接向中继设备传输第一标识。In a possible design, before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device transmits the first identification to the relay device through the first connection.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的第二物理广播信道块SSB,第一终端设备根据第二SSB确定当前小区为目标小区。In a possible design, after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a second physical broadcast channel block SSB from the second network device, and the first terminal device determines the current cell according to the second SSB. for the target community.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备根据自身的位置,确定目标位置。In a possible design, after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location.
第七方面任意一种实现方式与第一方面和第三方面中的部分实现方式相对应。第七方面以及第七方面中任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面和第三方面中相应实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Any implementation manner of the seventh aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manners of the first aspect and the third aspect. The technical effects corresponding to the seventh aspect and any implementation method in the seventh aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect and third aspect, and will not be described again here.
第八方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法的执行主体可以是第一终端设备,也可以是应用于第一终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是第一终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:An eighth aspect provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be the first terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the first terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being the first terminal device as an example. The method includes:
第一终端设备确定满足第五条件,其中,第五条件包括以下至少一项:The first terminal device determines that the fifth condition is met, where the fifth condition includes at least one of the following:
第一项,第一终端设备驻留的小区即将从目标小区重选至目标小区之外的小区。其中,目标小区是第一网络设备对应的小区。The first item is that the cell where the first terminal equipment resides is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell. The target cell is a cell corresponding to the first network device.
第二项,第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离大于或等于第一阈值。The second item is that the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识。其中,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第一标识用于第一网络设备确定第一终端设备与中继设备关联。The first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device. The first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used by the first network device to determine that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识之前,该方法还包括:若第一终端设备未和第一网络设备建立接入层连接,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发起接入层连接。其中,接入层连接用于发送第一标识。In a possible design, before the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, the method further includes: if the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device, the first terminal device Initiate an access layer connection to the first network device. Wherein, the access layer connection is used to send the first identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备确定满足第五条件之前,该方法还包括:第一终端设备接收来自中继设备的广播消息。第一终端设备向中继设备发送响应消息。其中,响应消息包括第一标识。或者,响应消息用于中继设备确定建立第一连接,第一连接是中继设备与第一终端设备之间的连接,第一连接用于传输第一标识。In a possible design, before the first terminal device determines that the fifth condition is met, the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device. The first terminal device sends a response message to the relay device. The response message includes the first identifier. Alternatively, the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish the first connection. The first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device, and the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一终端设备确定满足第三条件之前,第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备通过第一连接向中继设备传输第一标识。 In a possible design, before the first terminal device determines that the third condition is met and after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device transmits the first identification to the relay device through the first connection.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的第二物理广播信道块SSB,第一终端设备根据第二SSB确定当前小区为目标小区。In a possible design, after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device receives a second physical broadcast channel block SSB from the second network device, and the first terminal device determines the current cell according to the second SSB. for the target community.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一连接建立之后,该方法还包括:第一终端设备根据自身的位置,确定目标位置。In a possible design, after the first connection is established, the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location.
第八方面任意一种实现方式与第一方面和第三方面中的部分实现方式相对应。第八方面以及第八方面中任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面和第三方面中相应实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Any implementation manner of the eighth aspect corresponds to part of the implementation manners of the first aspect and the third aspect. The technical effects corresponding to the eighth aspect and any implementation method in the eighth aspect can be found in the technical effects corresponding to the corresponding implementation methods in the above-mentioned first aspect and third aspect, and will not be described again here.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中第一网络设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备,或者该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备,或者实现上述第一网络设备功能的芯片。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of the above aspects or the first network in any possible design of any aspect. The method performed by the device. The communication device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or the communication device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect. Network equipment, or a chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network equipment.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器;所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取存储器中的指令并执行,以使该通信装置执行如上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备,或者为上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备,或者实现上述第一网络设备功能的芯片。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect. The method performed by the first network device. The communication device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or the first network device in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or A chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network device.
第十一方面,提供一种芯片。该芯片包括处理电路和输入输出接口。其中,输入输出接口用于与芯片之外的模块通信,例如,该芯片可以为实现上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。再如,该芯片可以为实现上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces. The input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip. For example, the chip may be a chip that implements the first network device function in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. For another example, the chip may be a chip that implements the first network device function in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above second aspect or any method in the possible design of the second aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中中继设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的中继设备,或者该通信装置可以为上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的中继设备,或者实现上述中继设备功能的芯片。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of the above aspects or any possible relay device in the design. The method performed. The communication device may be a relay device in the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be a relay device in the above-mentioned fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect. , or a chip that implements the above relay device functions.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器;所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取存储器中的指令并执行,以使该通信装置执行如上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中的中继设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的中继设备,或者为上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的中继设备,或者实现上述中继设备功能的芯片。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect. The method performed by the relay device. The communication device may be a relay device in the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or a relay device in the above-mentioned fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, or implement the above-mentioned A chip that relays device functionality.
第十四方面,提供一种芯片。该芯片包括处理电路和输入输出接口。其中,输入输出接口用于与芯片之外的模块通信,例如,该芯片可以为实现上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的中继设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。再如,该芯片可以为实现上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的中继设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以 实现以上第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。A fourteenth aspect provides a chip. The chip includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces. The input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip. For example, the chip may be a chip that implements the relay device function in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect. For another example, the chip may be a chip that implements the relay device function in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect. Processing circuitry is used to run computer programs or instructions to Methods in realizing the above fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中第一终端设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备,或者该通信装置可以为上述第六方面或第六方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备,或者该通信装置可以为上述第七方面或第七方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备,或者该通信装置可以为上述第八方面或第八方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备,或者实现上述第一终端设备功能的芯片。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of the above aspects or the first terminal in any possible design of any aspect. The method performed by the device. The communication device may be the first terminal device in the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect, or the communication device may be the first terminal device in any possible design of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect. The terminal equipment, or the communication device may be the first terminal equipment in the above-mentioned seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect, or the communication device may be the above-mentioned eighth aspect or any possible design of the eighth aspect The first terminal device in the device, or the chip that implements the function of the first terminal device.
第十六方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器;所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取存储器中的指令并执行,以使该通信装置执行如上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备,或者为上述第六方面或第六方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备,或者为上述第七方面或第七方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备,或者为上述第八方面或第八方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备,或者实现上述第一终端设备功能的芯片。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect. The method executed by the first terminal device. The communication device may be the first terminal device in the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect, or the first terminal device in any possible design of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect, or Be the first terminal device in the above-mentioned seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect, or be the first terminal device in the above-mentioned eighth aspect or any possible design of the eighth aspect, or implement the above-mentioned first Chips for terminal device functions.
第十七方面,提供一种芯片。该芯片包括处理电路和输入输出接口。其中,输入输出接口用于与芯片之外的模块通信,例如,该芯片可以为实现上述第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。再如,该芯片可以为实现上述第六方面或第六方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第六方面或第六方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。又如,该芯片可以为实现上述第七方面或第七方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第七方面或第七方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。又如,该芯片可以为实现上述第八方面或第八方面任一种可能的设计中的第一终端设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第八方面或第八方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces. The input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip. For example, the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above fifth aspect or any method in the possible design of the fifth aspect. For another example, the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above sixth aspect or any method in the possible design of the sixth aspect. For another example, the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the first terminal device in the seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above seventh aspect or any method in the possible design of the seventh aspect. For another example, the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the first terminal device in the eighth aspect or any possible design of the eighth aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above eighth aspect or any method in the possible design of the eighth aspect.
第十八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质。该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面中任一项的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, which when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform any of the methods in any of the above aspects.
第十九方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面中任一项的方法。A nineteenth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform any of the methods of any of the above aspects.
第二十方面,提供一种电路系统。电路系统包括处理电路,处理电路被配置为执行如上述任一方面中任一项的方法。A twentieth aspect provides a circuit system. The circuitry includes processing circuitry configured to perform a method as in any one of the above aspects.
其中,第九方面至第二十方面中任一种设计所带来的技术效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any design in the ninth aspect to the twentieth aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods provided above, and will not be described again here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2a为本申请实施例提供的一种转发通道的结构示意图;Figure 2a is a schematic structural diagram of a forwarding channel provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2b为本申请实施例提供的一种中继设备的结构示意图;Figure 2b is a schematic structural diagram of a relay device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种信号增强服务的场景示意图; Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of a signal enhancement service scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3b为本申请实施例提供的再一种信号增强服务的场景示意图;Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of another signal enhancement service scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8a为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 8a is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8b为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 8b is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8c为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 8c is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8d为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 8d is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8e为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 8e is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11a为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 11a is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11b为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 11b is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11c为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 11c is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11d为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 11d is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12a为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 12a is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12b为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信装置的结构示意图。Figure 12b is a schematic structural diagram of yet another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请的说明书以及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象,或者用于区别对同一对象的不同处理,而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。此外,本申请的描述中所提到的术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括其他没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。在本申请实施例中,两个以上包括两个本身。多个可以包括两个,也可以包括三个,还可以包括更多。The terms “first” and “second” in the description of this application and the drawings are used to distinguish different objects, or to distinguish different processes on the same object, rather than to describe a specific order of objects. Furthermore, references to the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof in the description of this application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes other unlisted steps or units, or optionally also Includes other steps or units that are inherent to such processes, methods, products, or devices. It should be noted that in the embodiments of this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "such as" in the embodiments of the present application is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, use of the words "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the concept in a concrete manner. In the embodiment of this application, two or more includes two itself. Multiple can include two, three, or more.
图1是本申请的实施例应用的通信系统1000的架构示意图。如图1所示,通信系统1000包括终端设备11、中继设备12和网络设备13。FIG. 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system 1000 applied in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , a communication system 1000 includes a terminal device 11 , a relay device 12 and a network device 13 .
其中,终端设备11,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具体的,包括向用户提供语音的设备,或包括向用户提供数据连通性的设备,或包括向用户提供语音和数据连通性的设备。例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)终端设备、签约单元(subscriber unit)、 签约站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。Among them, the terminal device 11 includes a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user. Specifically, it includes a device that provides voice to the user, or includes a device that provides data connectivity to the user, or includes a device that provides voice and data to the user. Connectivity devices. This may include, for example, a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal equipment can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (radio access network, RAN), and exchange voice or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, Subscriber station, mobile station, remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal terminal), user agent (user agent), or user device (user device), etc. For example, this may include a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal device, a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in mobile device, etc. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants, PDA) and other equipment. Also includes constrained devices, such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning systems (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle). The vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called an on-board unit (OBU), for example. ).
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端设备的功能的装置是终端设备为例,进行介绍。In the embodiment of the present application, the device used to implement the functions of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or may be a device that can support the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device. In the embodiments of this application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application, the device for realizing the functions of the terminal device is a terminal device as an example for introduction.
中继设备12,是终端设备11与网络设备13之间增加的一个或多个设备,负责对无线信号进行一次或者多次的转发,即网络设备13的无线信号可以经过多跳到达终端设备11,终端设备11的无线信号可以经过多跳到达网络设备13。以较简单的两跳中继为例,就是将一个网络设备13到终端设备11的链路分割为网络设备13到中继设备12,中继设备12到终端设备11的链路,中继设备12可以将接收的信号进行放大,从而将一个质量较差的链路替换为质量较好的链路,以获得更高的链路容量或更好的覆盖。示例性的,中继设备12可以是射频(radio frequency,RF)中继器(RF repeater)、网络控制中继器(network controlled repeater,NCR)或者智能中继器。本申请的实施例对中继设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The relay device 12 is one or more devices added between the terminal device 11 and the network device 13, and is responsible for forwarding wireless signals one or more times. That is, the wireless signal of the network device 13 can reach the terminal device 11 through multiple hops. , the wireless signal of the terminal device 11 can reach the network device 13 through multiple hops. Taking the simpler two-hop relay as an example, the link from a network device 13 to the terminal device 11 is divided into a link from the network device 13 to the relay device 12, and a link from the relay device 12 to the terminal device 11. The relay device 12 The received signal can be amplified, thereby replacing a poor quality link with a better quality link to obtain higher link capacity or better coverage. For example, the relay device 12 may be a radio frequency (radio frequency, RF) repeater (RF repeater), a network controlled repeater (network controlled repeater, NCR) or a smart repeater. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the relay equipment.
示例性的,如图2a所示,中继设备通过施主天线(donor antenna)接收网络设备13的下行信号,然后经过滤波、放大等操作后,最后通过业务天线(service antenna)将放大过的信号转发给终端设备11。其中,施主天线也可以称为前向天线,业务天线也可以称为后向天线,重发天线或者覆盖天线。该模式可以称为下行转发模式。下行转发模式中,施主天线和业务天线之间的通道也可以称为下行转发通道。另一方面,中继设备可以通过业务天线接收来自终端设备11的上行信号,然后经过滤波、放大等操作后,最后通过施主天线将放大过的信号转发给网络设备13。该模式可以称为上行转发模式。上行转发模式中,业务天线和施主天线之间的通道也可以称为上行转发通道。可选的,上行转发通道和下行转发通道还可以包括混频器。如图2a所示,以上行转发通道为例,中继设备12先将高频信号通过一个混频器下变频到中频(或者基带),在中频(或者基带)进行滤波后再通过一个混频器上变频回高频后将信号转发出去。可选的,上行转发通道和下行转发通道还包括功率放大器,如低噪声放大器(low-noise amplifier,LNA)等。其中,施主天线,也可以称为前向天线。业务天线,也被称为后向天线或重发天线。For example, as shown in Figure 2a, the relay device receives the downlink signal of the network device 13 through the donor antenna (donor antenna), and then after filtering, amplification and other operations, the amplified signal is finally transmitted through the service antenna (service antenna). Forwarded to terminal device 11. Among them, the donor antenna can also be called a forward antenna, and the service antenna can also be called a backward antenna, a retransmission antenna or a coverage antenna. This mode can be called downlink forwarding mode. In the downlink forwarding mode, the channel between the donor antenna and the service antenna can also be called the downlink forwarding channel. On the other hand, the relay device can receive the uplink signal from the terminal device 11 through the service antenna, and then through filtering, amplification and other operations, finally forward the amplified signal to the network device 13 through the donor antenna. This mode can be called uplink forwarding mode. In the uplink forwarding mode, the channel between the service antenna and the donor antenna can also be called the uplink forwarding channel. Optionally, the uplink forwarding channel and the downlink forwarding channel may also include mixers. As shown in Figure 2a, taking the uplink forwarding channel as an example, the relay device 12 first downconverts the high-frequency signal to an intermediate frequency (or baseband) through a mixer, filters the intermediate frequency (or baseband), and then passes it through a mixer. After converting the frequency back to high frequency, the signal is forwarded. Optionally, the uplink forwarding channel and the downlink forwarding channel also include power amplifiers, such as low-noise amplifiers (LNA). Among them, the donor antenna can also be called the forward antenna. Service antenna, also known as backward antenna or retransmission antenna.
需要说明的是,上行转发通道,也可以描述为上行转发模块,在本申请实施例中以上行 转发通道为例,进行介绍。下行转发通道,也可以描述为下行转发模块,在本申请实施例中以下行转发通道为例,进行介绍。It should be noted that the uplink forwarding channel can also be described as an uplink forwarding module. In the embodiment of the present application, the uplink forwarding channel The forwarding channel is taken as an example to introduce. The downlink forwarding channel can also be described as a downlink forwarding module. In the embodiment of this application, the downlink forwarding channel is taken as an example for introduction.
示例性的,图2b示出了一种中继设备的结构示意图。该中继设备包括控制信号接收和处理模块、转发模块和天线。其中,控制信号接收和处理模块与转发模块之间连接。转发模块包括依次连接的RF器件(如图2a中进行滤波操作的器件)和功率放大器(power amplifier,PA)。在中继设备处于下行转发模式的情况下,网络设备侧的天线与下行转发通道的RF器件连通,终端设备侧的天线与下行转发通道的PA连通,从而使得中继设备向终端设备转发来自网络设备的下行信息。在中继设备处于上行转发模式的情况下,网络设备侧的天线与上行转发通道的PA连通,终端设备侧的天线与上行转发通道的RF连通,从而使得中继设备向网络设备转发来自终端设备的上行信息。控制信号接收和处理模块可以接收网络设备发送的控制信号,并利用与转发模块之间的连接来调整转发模块的参数,例如,天线波束的朝向,转发模块的开关,转发模块的放大增益等。应理解,转发模块也可以描述为无线单元(radio unit,RU)或转发单元或转发器,控制信号接收和处理模块也可以描述为移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)。For example, Figure 2b shows a schematic structural diagram of a relay device. The relay device includes a control signal receiving and processing module, a forwarding module and an antenna. Among them, the control signal receiving and processing module and the forwarding module are connected. The forwarding module includes RF devices (the devices that perform filtering operations in Figure 2a) and power amplifiers (power amplifiers, PA) connected in sequence. When the relay device is in the downlink forwarding mode, the antenna on the network device side is connected to the RF device of the downlink forwarding channel, and the antenna on the terminal device side is connected to the PA on the downlink forwarding channel, so that the relay device forwards data from the network to the terminal device. Downlink information of the device. When the relay device is in the uplink forwarding mode, the antenna on the network device side is connected to the PA of the uplink forwarding channel, and the antenna on the terminal device side is connected to the RF of the uplink forwarding channel, so that the relay device forwards data from the terminal device to the network device. upstream information. The control signal receiving and processing module can receive the control signal sent by the network device and use the connection with the forwarding module to adjust the parameters of the forwarding module, such as the direction of the antenna beam, the switch of the forwarding module, the amplification gain of the forwarding module, etc. It should be understood that the forwarding module can also be described as a wireless unit (radio unit, RU) or a forwarding unit or a transponder, and the control signal receiving and processing module can also be described as a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT).
网络设备13,可以是无线通信或者有线通信的接入点,例如基站(base station)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统中的下一代基站、未来移动通信系统中的基站或无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点等;也可以是完成基站部分功能的模块或单元,例如,可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),也可以是分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。这里的CU完成基站的无线资源控制协议和分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)的功能,还可以完成业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)的功能;DU完成基站的无线链路控制层和介质访问控制(medium access control,MAC)层的功能,还可以完成部分物理层或全部物理层的功能,有关上述各个协议层的具体描述,可以参考第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)的相关技术规范。网络设备可以是宏基站,也可以是微基站或室内站等。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The network device 13 may be an access point for wireless communication or wired communication, such as a base station, an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), a fifth generation (5th generation) , the next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the 5G) mobile communication system, the next generation base station in the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) mobile communication system, the base station or wireless fidelity (wireless) in the future mobile communication system fidelity, WiFi) system; it can also be a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station, for example, it can be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (DU) . The CU here completes the functions of the base station's radio resource control protocol and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), and can also complete the functions of the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP); DU completes the functions of the base station The functions of the wireless link control layer and medium access control (MAC) layer can also complete some or all of the physical layer functions. For specific descriptions of each of the above protocol layers, please refer to the Third Generation Partner Program (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) related technical specifications. The network equipment can be a macro base station, a micro base station, an indoor station, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面对本申请涉及的场景做简单介绍。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of this application, the scenarios involved in this application are briefly introduced below.
在中继设备是由消费者购买、安装的情况下,该中继设备需要尽可能服务于该消费者的终端设备。例如,如图3a和图3b所示,消费者A购买了中继设备12,同时,消费者A还拥有自己的终端设备,如手机设备11a,笔记本电脑设备,平板设备等,则中继设备尽可能为消费者A的终端设备(如上述手机设备11a,笔记本电脑设备,平板设备)提供信号增强服务。当消费者A的至少一个终端设备处于中继设备12的覆盖范围时,如图3a中手机设备11a处于中继设备13的覆盖范围,中继设备1打开转发通道(如图2a中的上行转发通道和/或下行转发通道)对上下行的信号进行放大和转发,以避免终端设备侧由于信号弱所导致的服务质量差的问题。当消费者A的任何一个终端设备不在中继设备1的覆盖范围时,如图3b所示,中继设备1关闭转发通道(如图2a中的上行转发通道和下行转发通道),不再提供信号增强服务,或者仅为广播信道(例如同步信号物理广播信道块,或者随机接入信道)提供信号增强服务,以避免中继设备所发射的信号对其他通信设备造成干扰。另外,如图3a和图3b所 示,手机设备11b属于消费者B的终端设备,则中继设备12不为手机设备11b提供信号增强服务。其中,上述消费者A可以包括个人、家庭、公司等。When a relay device is purchased and installed by a consumer, the relay device needs to serve the consumer's terminal equipment as much as possible. For example, as shown in Figure 3a and Figure 3b, consumer A purchased the relay device 12. At the same time, consumer A also owns his own terminal device, such as a mobile phone device 11a, a laptop device, a tablet device, etc., then the relay device Provide signal enhancement services to consumer A's terminal equipment (such as the above-mentioned mobile phone device 11a, laptop computer device, tablet device) as much as possible. When at least one terminal device of consumer A is within the coverage of relay device 12, such as mobile phone device 11a in Figure 3a, which is within the coverage of relay device 13, relay device 1 opens the forwarding channel (uplink forwarding in Figure 2a channel and/or downlink forwarding channel) to amplify and forward uplink and downlink signals to avoid the problem of poor service quality on the terminal device side caused by weak signals. When any terminal device of consumer A is not within the coverage of relay device 1, as shown in Figure 3b, relay device 1 closes the forwarding channel (the uplink forwarding channel and downlink forwarding channel in Figure 2a) and no longer provides Signal enhancement service, or only provide signal enhancement service for broadcast channels (such as synchronization signal physical broadcast channel blocks, or random access channels) to avoid signals transmitted by relay devices from causing interference to other communication devices. In addition, as shown in Figure 3a and Figure 3b shows that the mobile phone device 11b belongs to the terminal device of consumer B, then the relay device 12 does not provide signal enhancement services for the mobile phone device 11b. Among them, the above-mentioned consumer A can include individuals, families, companies, etc.
此种情况下,上述中继设备12分别与手机设备11a、笔记本电脑设备、平板设备关联。也就是说,在本申请实施例中,属于同一消费者的中继设备和终端设备,可以称为,中继设备与终端设备关联。反之,属于不同消费者的中继设备和终端设备,可以称为,中继设备与终端设备不关联。In this case, the above-mentioned relay device 12 is associated with the mobile phone device 11a, the notebook computer device, and the tablet device respectively. That is to say, in this embodiment of the present application, the relay device and the terminal device belonging to the same consumer can be said to be that the relay device is associated with the terminal device. On the contrary, relay equipment and terminal equipment belonging to different consumers can be said to be independent of relay equipment and terminal equipment.
接下来,通过相关技术1,来介绍中继设备控制转发通道的过程:Next, through related technology 1, the process of the relay device controlling the forwarding channel is introduced:
图4示出了相关技术1的步骤如下:Figure 4 shows the steps of related technology 1 as follows:
步骤1、终端设备与中继设备建立短距连接。Step 1. Establish a short-distance connection between the terminal device and the relay device.
其中,中继设备还包括短距收发模块。短距收发模块包括以下至少一项:蓝牙(bluetooth,BL)模块,Wi-Fi模块,或者侧行链路(sidelink,SL)模块。中继设备可以通过短距收发模块与终端设备通信。在默认状态下,中继设备可以关闭转发通道,打开短距收发模块。Among them, the relay equipment also includes a short-range transceiver module. The short-range transceiver module includes at least one of the following: a Bluetooth (bluetooth, BL) module, a Wi-Fi module, or a sidelink (sidelink, SL) module. Relay equipment can communicate with terminal equipment through short-range transceiver modules. By default, the relay device can close the forwarding channel and open the short-range transceiver module.
示例性的,步骤1的实现过程包括:Exemplarily, the implementation process of step 1 includes:
当终端设备与中继设备关联,且终端设备在中继设备的覆盖区域时,终端设备能够与中继设备建立短距连接。When the terminal device is associated with the relay device and the terminal device is in the coverage area of the relay device, the terminal device can establish a short-distance connection with the relay device.
例如,步骤1所建立的短距连接包括Wi-Fi短距连接,与中继设备关联的终端设备能够获取到Wi-Fi短距连接的密码。此种情况下,终端设备向中继设备发送Wi-Fi短距连接的密码。相应的,中继设备通过短距收发模块接收来自终端设备的Wi-Fi短距连接的密码,中继设备基于接收到的Wi-Fi短距连接的密码,建立与终端设备之间的Wi-Fi短距连接。For example, the short-range connection established in step 1 includes a Wi-Fi short-range connection, and the terminal device associated with the relay device can obtain the password of the Wi-Fi short-range connection. In this case, the terminal device sends the password of the Wi-Fi short-distance connection to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the password of the Wi-Fi short-range connection from the terminal device through the short-range transceiver module. The relay device establishes the Wi-Fi connection with the terminal device based on the received password of the Wi-Fi short-range connection. Fi short distance connection.
再如,步骤1所建立的短距连接包括蓝牙短距连接,与中继设备关联的终端设备能够获取到蓝牙短距连接的密码。此种情况下,终端设备向中继设备发送蓝牙短距连接的密码。相应的,中继设备通过短距收发模块接收来自终端设备的蓝牙短距连接的密码,中继设备基于接收到的蓝牙短距连接的密码,建立与终端设备之间的蓝牙短距连接。For another example, the short-range connection established in step 1 includes a Bluetooth short-range connection, and the terminal device associated with the relay device can obtain the password of the Bluetooth short-range connection. In this case, the terminal device sends the password of the Bluetooth short-range connection to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the Bluetooth short-range connection password from the terminal device through the short-range transceiver module, and the relay device establishes a Bluetooth short-range connection with the terminal device based on the received Bluetooth short-range connection password.
因此,步骤1能够保证只有和中继设备关联的终端设备才能够与中继设备建立短距连接。Therefore, step 1 can ensure that only the terminal device associated with the relay device can establish a short-distance connection with the relay device.
对于终端设备而言,在与中继设备建立短距连接之后,若终端设备有业务数据需要传输,则执行步骤2:For the terminal device, after establishing a short-distance connection with the relay device, if the terminal device has service data to transmit, perform step 2:
步骤2、终端设备向中继设备发送请求信息1。相应的,中继设备接收来自终端设备的请求信息1。Step 2: The terminal device sends request information 1 to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the request information 1 from the terminal device.
其中,请求信息1用于请求打开中继设备的转发通道。示例性的,请求信息1可以记为Trigger ON请求信息。Among them, request information 1 is used to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device. For example, request information 1 can be recorded as Trigger ON request information.
步骤3、中继设备根据请求信息1,打开转发通道。Step 3. The relay device opens the forwarding channel according to request information 1.
对于中继设备而言,中继设备打开转发通道之后,即可为终端设备提供信号增强服务,例如,将网络设备的蜂窝下行信号进行接收、放大后,转发给终端设备,或者将终端设备的蜂窝上行信号进行接收、放大后,转发给网络设备。For the relay device, after the relay device opens the forwarding channel, it can provide signal enhancement services for the terminal device. For example, it can receive and amplify the cellular downlink signal of the network device and forward it to the terminal device, or forward the signal of the terminal device. The cellular uplink signal is received, amplified, and forwarded to the network equipment.
中继设备打开转发通道之后,中继设备还可以执行如下步骤:After the relay device opens the forwarding channel, the relay device can also perform the following steps:
步骤4、终端设备向中继设备发送心跳(heart beat)信号1。相应的,中继设备接收来自终端设备的心跳信号1。Step 4. The terminal device sends a heart beat signal 1 to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the heartbeat signal 1 from the terminal device.
其中,心跳信号1可以通过步骤1所建立的短距连接传输。Among them, the heartbeat signal 1 can be transmitted through the short-distance connection established in step 1.
步骤5、终端设备向中继设备发送心跳信号2。相应的,中继设备接收来自终端设备的心 跳信号2。Step 5. The terminal device sends heartbeat signal 2 to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the heartbeat from the terminal device. Jump signal 2.
其中,心跳信号2可以通过步骤1所建立的短距连接传输。心跳信号2与心跳信号1之间间隔的时长可以是预设的。也就是说,终端设备周期性地向中继设备发送心跳信号。相应的,中继设备周期性地接收来自终端设备的心跳信号。Among them, the heartbeat signal 2 can be transmitted through the short-distance connection established in step 1. The duration of the interval between heartbeat signal 2 and heartbeat signal 1 may be preset. That is, the terminal device periodically sends heartbeat signals to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device periodically receives heartbeat signals from the terminal device.
对于中继设备而言,中继设备每次接收到心跳信号则启动或者重启定时器,定时器的定时时长是预设的。若中继设备能够接收到心跳信号,则中继设备认为自身覆盖区域内存在与自身关联的终端设备,中继设备的转发通道需要打开。反之,若定时器运行超时,中继设备仍未接收到来自终端设备的心跳信号,则中继设备认为自身覆盖区域内不存在与自身关联的终端设备,中继设备执行步骤6:For the relay device, each time the relay device receives a heartbeat signal, it starts or restarts the timer, and the timer duration is preset. If the relay device can receive the heartbeat signal, the relay device believes that there is a terminal device associated with itself in its coverage area, and the forwarding channel of the relay device needs to be opened. On the other hand, if the timer times out and the relay device has not received the heartbeat signal from the terminal device, the relay device considers that there is no terminal device associated with it within its coverage area, and the relay device performs step 6:
步骤6、中继设备关闭转发通道。Step 6. The relay device closes the forwarding channel.
需要说明的是,上述心跳信号可以替换为心跳响应信号。也就是说,中继设备向终端设备发送心跳请求信号。相应的,终端设备接收来自中继设备的心跳请求信号。终端设备根据心跳请求信号,向中继设备发送心跳响应信号。相应的,中继设备接收来自终端设备的心跳响应信号。It should be noted that the above heartbeat signal can be replaced by a heartbeat response signal. That is to say, the relay device sends a heartbeat request signal to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the heartbeat request signal from the relay device. The terminal device sends a heartbeat response signal to the relay device according to the heartbeat request signal. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the heartbeat response signal from the terminal device.
综上可知,中继设备的转发通道控制,是依赖于终端设备与中继设备之间的短距连接的。但是,短距连接的覆盖区域有限。例如,在终端设备与中继设备之间存在障碍物,如墙壁等场景下,终端设备与中继设备之间可能无法及时建立短距连接,或者通过短距连接传输的信息(如请求信息1、心跳信号等),无法被及时接收和解调,导致转发通道未及时开启或关闭。In summary, it can be seen that the forwarding channel control of the relay device relies on the short-distance connection between the terminal device and the relay device. However, short-range connections have a limited coverage area. For example, in scenarios where there are obstacles, such as walls, between the terminal device and the relay device, the short-distance connection may not be established in time between the terminal device and the relay device, or the information transmitted through the short-distance connection (such as request information 1 , heartbeat signal, etc.), cannot be received and demodulated in time, resulting in the forwarding channel not being opened or closed in time.
例如,在消费者A从室外回到家之后,消费者A携带的终端设备向中继设备发送请求信息1。但是,该终端设备与中继设备之间存在障碍物,如信号需要穿墙,导致中继设备无法成功接收来自终端设备的请求信息1。因此,中继设备也无法及时打开转发通道,也无法为终端设备提供信号覆盖增强的服务。For example, after consumer A returns home from outdoors, the terminal device carried by consumer A sends request information 1 to the relay device. However, there are obstacles between the terminal device and the relay device. For example, the signal needs to pass through a wall, causing the relay device to be unable to successfully receive the request information from the terminal device 1. Therefore, the relay device cannot open the forwarding channel in time and cannot provide the terminal device with enhanced signal coverage service.
也就是说,在上述相关技术1中,中继设备的转发通道控制,过度依赖于终端设备与中继设备之间的短距连接的。从上述处理方式来看,通过短距连接传输用于控制转发通道的信息存在一定的问题,比如短距连接未能成功传输用于控制转发通道的信息,导致转发通道开启不及时等问题。因此,如何更好地控制中继设备的转发通道的工作状态,是亟待解决的技术问题。That is to say, in the above related art 1, the forwarding channel control of the relay device is overly dependent on the short-distance connection between the terminal device and the relay device. Judging from the above processing methods, there are certain problems in transmitting information used to control the forwarding channel through short-distance connections. For example, the short-distance connection fails to successfully transmit the information used to control the forwarding channel, resulting in problems such as the forwarding channel not being opened in time. Therefore, how to better control the working status of the forwarding channel of the relay device is an urgent technical issue that needs to be solved.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于图1的通信系统。在本申请实施例中,第一网络设备确定满足条件A,其中,条件A包括以下至少一项:第一终端设备从第一小区切换到目标小区内,或者,第一终端设备在目标小区内发起随机接入;目标小区对应的网络设备为第一网络设备;第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第一请求信息,第一请求信息请求开启中继设备中的转发通道。之后,第一网络设备向中继设备发送第一指示信息。其中,第一指示信息指示中继设备开启转发通道;转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息。中继设备与第一终端设备关联。这样一来,在第一终端设备切换到目标小区或在目标小区内发起随机接入的情况下,或者,在第一终端设备向第一网络设备请求开启中继设备的转发通道的情况下,第一网络设备向中继设备发送第一指示信息,以指示中继设备打开转发通道。由于第一请求信息是由第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送的信息,并且,第一指示信息是由第一网络设备向中继设备发送的信息,所以,第一请求信息和第一指示信 息不依赖于第一终端设备与中继设备之间的短距连接,避免了由于短距连接的信号质量差所导致的转发通道开启不及时的问题,从而及时、准确地控制转发通道的工作状态。In view of this, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be applied to the communication system in Figure 1 . In this embodiment of the present application, the first network device determines that condition A is met, where condition A includes at least one of the following: the first terminal device switches from the first cell to the target cell, or the first terminal device is in the target cell. Random access is initiated; the network device corresponding to the target cell is the first network device; the first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device, and the first request information requests opening of the forwarding channel in the relay device. Afterwards, the first network device sends the first indication information to the relay device. Wherein, the first instruction information instructs the relay device to open a forwarding channel; the forwarding channel is used to forward the uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward the uplink information from the first terminal device to the first terminal device. Downlink information of network devices. The relay device is associated with the first terminal device. In this way, when the first terminal device switches to the target cell or initiates random access in the target cell, or when the first terminal device requests the first network device to open the forwarding channel of the relay device, The first network device sends first instruction information to the relay device to instruct the relay device to open a forwarding channel. Since the first request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device, and the first indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device, the first request information and the first indication letter The information does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device, avoiding the problem of untimely opening of the forwarding channel due to poor signal quality of the short-distance connection, thereby controlling the work of the forwarding channel in a timely and accurate manner. state.
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中各个设备之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the following embodiments of the present application, the names of the messages between the devices or the names of the parameters in the messages are just examples, and other names may also be used in specific implementations. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
下面,结合图5至图11d,对本申请实施例提出的通信方法500进行详细介绍。本申请实施例提出的通信方法500包括如下三个阶段:预处理阶段、转发通道开启阶段和转发通道关闭阶段。Next, the communication method 500 proposed in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail with reference to Figures 5 to 11d. The communication method 500 proposed in the embodiment of this application includes the following three stages: preprocessing stage, forwarding channel opening stage and forwarding channel closing stage.
阶段一、预处理阶段Stage 1, preprocessing stage
预处理阶段主要用于实现目的1和目的2:The preprocessing stage is mainly used to achieve purpose 1 and purpose 2:
目的1,第一网络设备获取第一关联关系。其中,第一关联关系指示第一终端设备与中继设备关联。Purpose 1: The first network device obtains the first association relationship. The first association relationship indicates that the first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
目的2,第一终端设备获取目标小区的信息和/或目标位置的信息,以获知自身在哪些位置时可以被中继设备提供信号增强服务。其中,目标小区对应的网络设备包括第一网络设备,目标位置可以是目标小区覆盖区域中的一部分。Purpose 2: The first terminal device obtains the information of the target cell and/or the information of the target location, so as to know at which locations it can be provided with signal enhancement services by the relay device. Wherein, the network device corresponding to the target cell includes the first network device, and the target location may be a part of the coverage area of the target cell.
如图5所示,预处理阶段包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 5, the preprocessing stage includes the following steps:
S501、中继设备发送第一广播消息。S501. The relay device sends the first broadcast message.
其中,第一广播消息用于向终端设备指示中继设备的存在。Wherein, the first broadcast message is used to indicate the existence of the relay device to the terminal device.
示例性的,中继设备包括短距收发模块。短距收发模块可以参见图4中步骤1的介绍,此处不再赘述。第一广播消息可以通过短距收发模块进行传输。例如,在短距收发模块包括蓝牙模块的情况下,S501包括:中继设备通过蓝牙模块发送信标(beacon)消息。再如,在短距收发模块包括Wi-Fi模块的情况下,S501包括:中继设备通过Wi-Fi模块发送信标消息。又如,在短距收发模块包括SL通信模块的情况下,S501包括:中继设备通过SL通信模块发送发现(discovery)消息。As an example, the relay device includes a short-range transceiver module. For the short-distance transceiver module, please refer to the introduction of step 1 in Figure 4, and will not be repeated here. The first broadcast message may be transmitted through the short-range transceiver module. For example, in the case where the short-range transceiver module includes a Bluetooth module, S501 includes: the relay device sends a beacon message through the Bluetooth module. For another example, when the short-range transceiver module includes a Wi-Fi module, S501 includes: the relay device sends a beacon message through the Wi-Fi module. For another example, in the case where the short-range transceiver module includes a SL communication module, S501 includes: the relay device sends a discovery message through the SL communication module.
相应的,若第一终端设备在中继设备的覆盖区域内,则第一终端设备接收来自中继设备的第一广播消息。Correspondingly, if the first terminal device is within the coverage area of the relay device, the first terminal device receives the first broadcast message from the relay device.
对于第一终端设备而言,第一终端设备接收第一广播消息之后,执行S502:For the first terminal device, after receiving the first broadcast message, the first terminal device executes S502:
S502、第一终端设备向中继设备发送第一响应消息。相应的,中继设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一响应消息。S502. The first terminal device sends a first response message to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the first response message from the first terminal device.
其中,第一响应消息包括以下至少一项:The first response message includes at least one of the following:
第一项,第一标识。其中,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备。第一标识可以参见S504的介绍,此处暂不赘述。The first item, the first logo. The first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device. The first identifier can be found in the introduction of S504, and will not be described in detail here.
第二项,第一连接的密码信息。示例性的,第一连接包括短距连接,如蓝牙连接、Wi-Fi连接等。应理解,在本申请实施例中,与中继设备关联的终端设备才能够获取到密码信息。The second item is the password information for the first connection. Exemplarily, the first connection includes a short-distance connection, such as a Bluetooth connection, a Wi-Fi connection, etc. It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, only the terminal device associated with the relay device can obtain the password information.
例如,第一连接包括蓝牙连接。此种情况下,第一终端设备预先获取蓝牙连接的密码信息。第一终端设备接收第一广播消息之后,在发送的第一响应消息中携带蓝牙连接的密码信息,以使中继设备获取到蓝牙连接的密码信息。之后,中继设备基于蓝牙连接的密码信息确定自身与第一终端设备关联。For example, the first connection includes a Bluetooth connection. In this case, the first terminal device obtains the password information of the Bluetooth connection in advance. After receiving the first broadcast message, the first terminal device carries the password information of the Bluetooth connection in the first response message sent, so that the relay device obtains the password information of the Bluetooth connection. Afterwards, the relay device determines that it is associated with the first terminal device based on the password information of the Bluetooth connection.
再如,第一连接包括Wi-Fi连接。此种情况下,第一终端设备预先获取Wi-Fi连接的密码信息。第一终端设备接收第一广播消息之后,在发送的第一响应消息中携带Wi-Fi连接的密 码信息,以使中继设备获取到Wi-Fi连接的密码信息。之后,中继设备基于Wi-Fi连接的密码信息确定自身与第一终端设备关联。For another example, the first connection includes a Wi-Fi connection. In this case, the first terminal device obtains the password information of the Wi-Fi connection in advance. After receiving the first broadcast message, the first terminal device carries the password of the Wi-Fi connection in the first response message sent. code information so that the relay device can obtain the password information for the Wi-Fi connection. Afterwards, the relay device determines that it is associated with the first terminal device based on the password information of the Wi-Fi connection.
需要说明的是,在S502中,以第一标识和密码信息通过同一消息(即第一响应消息)传输为例,进行介绍。当然,第一标识和密码信息也可以通过不同消息来传输,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that in S502, the first identification and password information are transmitted through the same message (ie, the first response message) as an example for introduction. Of course, the first identification and password information can also be transmitted through different messages, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
对于中继设备而言,中继设备接收第一响应消息之后,执行S503:For the relay device, after receiving the first response message, the relay device executes S503:
S503、第一终端设备与中继设备建立第一连接。S503. The first terminal device establishes a first connection with the relay device.
示例性的,在第一连接包括蓝牙连接的情况下,第一终端设备与中继设备建立蓝牙连接,具体过程可以参见相关技术,此处不再赘述。在第一连接包括Wi-Fi连接的情况下,第一终端设备与中继设备建立Wi-Fi连接,具体过程可以参见相关技术,此处不再赘述。For example, when the first connection includes a Bluetooth connection, the first terminal device establishes a Bluetooth connection with the relay device. For the specific process, please refer to related technologies, which will not be described again here. In the case where the first connection includes a Wi-Fi connection, the first terminal device establishes a Wi-Fi connection with the relay device. For the specific process, please refer to related technologies and will not be described again here.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备执行S503之后,第一终端设备向中继设备发送第一服务确认信息。相应的,中继设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一服务确认信息。其中,第一服务确认信息指示第一连接用于传输与中继设备的转发功能相关的信息。或者,中继设备执行S503之后,中继设备向第一终端设备发送第二服务确认信息。相应的,第一终端设备接收来自中继设备的第二服务确认信息。其中,第二服务确认信息指示第一连接用于传输与中继设备的转发功能相关的信息。示例性的,第一连接所传输的信息包括但不限于第一标识,详见S504的介绍,此处暂不赘述。In some embodiments, after the first terminal device performs S503, the first terminal device sends the first service confirmation information to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the first service confirmation information from the first terminal device. Wherein, the first service confirmation information indicates that the first connection is used to transmit information related to the forwarding function of the relay device. Alternatively, after the relay device executes S503, the relay device sends the second service confirmation information to the first terminal device. Correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the second service confirmation information from the relay device. Wherein, the second service confirmation information indicates that the first connection is used to transmit information related to the forwarding function of the relay device. For example, the information transmitted by the first connection includes but is not limited to the first identifier. For details, please refer to the introduction of S504, which will not be described again here.
在一些实施例中,中继设备执行S503之后,中继设备打开自身的转发通道,从而为第一终端设备提供信号增强的服务。其中,转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息。示例性的,中继设备的转发通道,可以参见图2a的详细介绍,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, after the relay device performs S503, the relay device opens its own forwarding channel, thereby providing signal enhancement services to the first terminal device. The forwarding channel is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device. For an exemplary forwarding channel of the relay device, please refer to the detailed introduction in Figure 2a, which will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,S501和S502可以替换为如下步骤:第一终端设备发送第二广播消息。其中,第二广播消息用于向中继设备指示第一终端设备的存在。对于中继设备而言,若中继设备处于第一终端设备的信号覆盖范围内,则中继设备接收来自第一终端设备的第二广播消息。中继设备基于自身所获取的第一连接的密码信息,确定自身与第一终端设备关联,并建立自身与第一终端设备之间的第一连接,即执行S503。It should be noted that S501 and S502 can be replaced by the following steps: the first terminal device sends a second broadcast message. Wherein, the second broadcast message is used to indicate the existence of the first terminal device to the relay device. For the relay device, if the relay device is within the signal coverage of the first terminal device, the relay device receives the second broadcast message from the first terminal device. The relay device determines that it is associated with the first terminal device based on the password information of the first connection that it has obtained, and establishes the first connection between itself and the first terminal device, that is, executing S503.
对于第一终端设备而言,在第一连接建立之后,若第一响应消息不包括第一标识,则第一终端设备执行S504:For the first terminal device, after the first connection is established, if the first response message does not include the first identifier, the first terminal device performs S504:
S504、第一终端设备向中继设备发送第一标识。相应的,中继设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识。S504. The first terminal device sends the first identification to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the first identification from the first terminal device.
其中,第一标识通过第一连接传输。S504中的第一连接与S503中的第一连接一致,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the first identification is transmitted through the first connection. The first connection in S504 is consistent with the first connection in S503, and will not be described again here.
其中,第一标识的介绍如下:第一标识是在一定时长内不会动态变化的设备标识。例如,第一标识为第一终端设备的国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identity,IMSI)。其中,用于标识终端设备的IMSI能够区分蜂窝网络中不同的终端设备,并且,任意两个IMSI在不同的蜂窝网络中不重复。再如,第一标识为第一终端设备的国际移动设备识别码(international mobile equipment identity,IMEI)。其中,IMEI用于区分移动电话网络中不同的终端设备。又如,第一标识为第一终端设备的网卡的MAC地址。Among them, the first identification is introduced as follows: the first identification is a device identification that does not change dynamically within a certain period of time. For example, the first identifier is the international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) of the first terminal device. The IMSI used to identify the terminal device can distinguish different terminal devices in the cellular network, and any two IMSIs do not overlap in different cellular networks. For another example, the first identifier is the international mobile equipment identity (IMEI) of the first terminal device. Among them, IMEI is used to distinguish different terminal devices in the mobile phone network. For another example, the first identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the first terminal device.
对于中继设备而言,中继设备获取第一标识之后,执行S505: For the relay device, after obtaining the first identifier, the relay device executes S505:
S505、中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的第二指示信息。S505. The relay device sends the second instruction information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the second indication information from the relay device.
其中,第二指示信息至少指示中继设备与第一终端设备具有关联关系。The second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
示例性的,第二指示信息至少包括第一标识。或者,第二指示信息包括第一标识和第二标识。其中,第一标识可以参见S504的介绍,此处不再赘述。第二标识用于标识中继设备。第二标识的介绍如下:第二标识也是在一定时长内不会动态变化的设备标识。例如,第二标识为中继设备的IMSI。其中,用于标识中继设备的IMSI能够区分蜂窝网络中不同的中继设备,并且,任意两个IMSI在不同的蜂窝网络中不重复。再如,第二标识为中继设备的网卡的MAC地址。For example, the second indication information at least includes the first identification. Alternatively, the second indication information includes a first identification and a second identification. For the first identifier, please refer to the introduction of S504, which will not be described again here. The second identifier is used to identify the relay device. The introduction of the second identification is as follows: The second identification is also a device identification that will not change dynamically within a certain period of time. For example, the second identifier is the IMSI of the relay device. The IMSI used to identify the relay device can distinguish different relay devices in the cellular network, and any two IMSIs do not overlap in different cellular networks. For another example, the second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
应理解,在中继设备还接收到其他终端设备的标识的情况下,如中继设备还接收到第二终端设备的标识,第二指示信息还指示中继设备与第二终端设备具有关联关系。例如,第二指示信息还包括第二终端设备的标识。It should be understood that in the case where the relay device also receives the identification of another terminal device, for example, the relay device also receives the identification of the second terminal device, the second indication information also indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the second terminal device. . For example, the second indication information also includes the identification of the second terminal device.
需要说明的是,对于中继设备来说,在中继设备附近有多个网络设备(如第一网络设备和第二网络设备)的情况下,中继设备除了向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息(即执行S505)之外,还可以向其他网络设备(如第二网络设备)发送第二指示信息。例如,中继设备向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息。相应的,第二网络设备接收来自中继设备的第二指示信息,以使第二网络设备获取中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系。其中,中继设备可以先向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,再向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息;或者,中继设备先向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息,再向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;或者,中继设备同时向第一网络设备和第二网络设备发送第二指示信息,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that for the relay device, when there are multiple network devices (such as a first network device and a second network device) near the relay device, the relay device in addition to sending the second network device to the first network device In addition to the indication information (ie, executing S505), the second indication information may also be sent to other network devices (such as the second network device). For example, the relay device sends the second indication information to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the second indication information from the relay device, so that the second network device obtains the association relationship between the relay device and the first terminal device. Wherein, the relay device may first send the second indication information to the first network device, and then send the second indication information to the second network device; or, the relay device may first send the second indication information to the second network device, and then send the second indication information to the second network device. A network device sends the second instruction information; or the relay device sends the second instruction information to the first network device and the second network device at the same time, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
容易理解的是,上述第二指示信息本身具备指示作用。当然,第二指示信息也可以替换为标识信息。例如,中继设备向第一网络设备发送标识信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的标识信息。其中,标识信息至少包括第一标识,或者,标识信息至少包括第一标识和第二标识。此种情况下,第一网络设备接收标识信息之后,基于标识信息确定中继设备与第一终端设备具有关联关系。It is easy to understand that the above-mentioned second instruction information itself has an instruction function. Of course, the second indication information can also be replaced by identification information. For example, the relay device sends identification information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the identification information from the relay device. The identification information includes at least a first identification, or the identification information includes at least a first identification and a second identification. In this case, after receiving the identification information, the first network device determines that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device based on the identification information.
对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备接收第二指示信息之后,执行S506:For the first network device, after receiving the second indication information, the first network device executes S506:
S506、第一网络设备根据第二指示信息,存储第一关联关系。S506. The first network device stores the first association relationship according to the second instruction information.
其中,S506中的第二指示信息,与S505中的第二指示信息一致,此处不再赘述。The second instruction information in S506 is consistent with the second instruction information in S505, and will not be described again here.
其中,第一关联关系指示中继设备与第一终端设备关联。Wherein, the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
对于第一终端设备而言,第一终端设备执行S503之后,第一终端设备还执行S507和/或S508:For the first terminal device, after the first terminal device executes S503, the first terminal device also executes S507 and/or S508:
S507、在第一终端设备和第一中继设备建立第一连接之后,第一终端设备根据第二同步信号物理广播信道块(synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block,SSB),确定当前小区为目标小区。S507. After the first terminal device and the first relay device establish the first connection, the first terminal device determines the current cell as the target cell according to the second synchronization signal physical broadcast channel block (SSB). .
其中,第二SSB是第一网络设备发送的SSB。在第一终端设备和第一中继设备建立第一连接之后,当第一终端设备处于第一网络设备的信号覆盖范围内,第一终端设备能够接收到来自第一网络设备的第二SSB。示例性的,作为一种可能的实现方式,第一终端设备可以直接从第一网络设备接收第二SSB。作为另一种可能的实现方式,第一终端设备可以接收到中继设备转发的SSB。 Wherein, the second SSB is the SSB sent by the first network device. After the first terminal device and the first relay device establish the first connection, when the first terminal device is within the signal coverage of the first network device, the first terminal device can receive the second SSB from the first network device. For example, as a possible implementation manner, the first terminal device may directly receive the second SSB from the first network device. As another possible implementation manner, the first terminal device may receive the SSB forwarded by the relay device.
示例性的,第一终端设备根据第二SSB的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP),如第二SSB的RSRP大于阈值时,确定当前小区为目标小区。此种情况下,S507所确定的目标小区对应的网络设备包括第一网络设备。在本申请实施例中,目标小区对应的网络设备,可以理解为,为对所述目标小区进行管理的网络设备,如为目标小区分配时频资源,用户的准入控制等。另外,每个小区可以对应一个标识,该标识可以包括物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)。目标小区的标识与第二SSB相关,具体可以参见3GPP相关技术规范,此处不再赘述。For example, the first terminal device determines the current cell as the target cell according to the reference signal received power (RSRP) of the second SSB. If the RSRP of the second SSB is greater than a threshold value. In this case, the network device corresponding to the target cell determined in S507 includes the first network device. In this embodiment of the present application, the network device corresponding to the target cell can be understood as a network device that manages the target cell, such as allocating time-frequency resources to the target cell, user access control, etc. In addition, each cell may correspond to an identifier, which may include a physical cell identifier (PCI). The identity of the target cell is related to the second SSB. For details, please refer to the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP, which will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,对于第一终端设备和中继设备来说,附近有多个网络设备(如第一网络设备和第二网络设备)的情况下,第一终端设备除了接收到第一网络设备的第二SSB之外,还可以接收到来自其他网络设备(如第二网络设备)的SSB。例如,第二网络设备发送第三SSB。相应的,第一终端设备通过中继设备的转发接收来自第二网络设备的第三SSB或者直接接收来自第二网络设备的第三SSB,以使第一终端设备基于获取的第三SSB确定另一目标小区。可以理解的是,第一终端设备所确定的目标小区的数量可以是一个或多个,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that, for the first terminal device and the relay device, when there are multiple network devices (such as the first network device and the second network device) nearby, the first terminal device in addition to receiving the first network device In addition to the second SSB, SSB from other network devices (such as the second network device) may also be received. For example, the second network device sends a third SSB. Correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the third SSB from the second network device through forwarding by the relay device or directly receives the third SSB from the second network device, so that the first terminal device determines another SSB based on the acquired third SSB. A target community. It can be understood that the number of target cells determined by the first terminal device may be one or more, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S508、在第一终端设备和第一中继设备建立第一连接之后,第一终端设备根据自身的位置,确定目标位置。S508. After the first terminal device and the first relay device establish the first connection, the first terminal device determines the target location according to its own location.
示例性的,第一终端设备可以通过全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)获取自身的位置,将自身的位置作为目标位置。在本申请实施例中,目标位置可以是一个三维坐标或者二维坐标(例如经纬度)所标识的点。For example, the first terminal device can obtain its own position through the global positioning system (GPS) and use its own position as the target position. In this embodiment of the present application, the target location may be a point identified by a three-dimensional coordinate or a two-dimensional coordinate (such as longitude and latitude).
示例性的,第一终端设备可以通过第一网络设备进行定位获取自身的位置,将自身的位置作为目标位置。For example, the first terminal device may obtain its own position through positioning on the first network device, and use its own position as the target position.
应理解,在第一终端设备执行S507和S508的情况下,目标位置可以是目标小区覆盖区域中的一部分。It should be understood that in the case where the first terminal device performs S507 and S508, the target location may be a part of the target cell coverage area.
需要说明的是,第一终端设备执行S503之后,可以先执行S504,再执行S507,也可以先执行S507,再执行S504,还可以同时执行S504和S507。类似的,第一终端设备执行S503之后,可以先执行S504,再执行S508,也可以先执行S508,再执行S504,还可以同时执行S504和S508,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that after the first terminal device executes S503, it may execute S504 first and then S507, or it may execute S507 first and then S504, or it may execute S504 and S507 at the same time. Similarly, after the first terminal device executes S503, it may execute S504 first, and then execute S508, or it may execute S508 first, and then execute S504, or it may execute S504 and S508 at the same time. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,本申请实施例通信方法500还包括如下步骤:In some embodiments, the communication method 500 in this embodiment of the present application further includes the following steps:
S509、第一网络设备发送第一能力信息。S509. The first network device sends the first capability information.
其中,第一能力信息指示第一网络设备支持的功能。示例性的,第一能力信息包括以下至少一项:The first capability information indicates functions supported by the first network device. For example, the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
第一项,第一网络设备能够接收并处理第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息可以参见S505的介绍,此处不再赘述。The first item is that the first network device can receive and process the second indication information. For the second instruction information, please refer to the introduction of S505, which will not be described again here.
第二项,第一网络设备能够接收并处理第一请求信息。其中,第一请求信息可以参见S5212a的介绍,此处暂不赘述。Item 2: The first network device can receive and process the first request information. For the first request information, please refer to the introduction of S5212a, which will not be described again here.
第三项,第一网络设备能够接收并处理第二请求信息。其中,第二请求信息可以参见S5412a的介绍,此处暂不赘述。Item 3: The first network device can receive and process the second request information. For the second request information, please refer to the introduction of S5412a, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,第一能力信息可以承载于系统消息块(system information block,SIB)或者SIB扩展(SIB-extension)中。SIB和SIB扩展可以参见3GPP相关技术规范,此处不再赘述。 For example, the first capability information may be carried in a system information block (SIB) or SIB-extension. SIB and SIB extensions can be found in the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP and will not be described again here.
若中继设备处于第一网络设备的信号覆盖范围内,则中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一能力信息。中继设备接收第一能力信息之后,根据第一能力信息,执行S505。If the relay device is within the signal coverage of the first network device, the relay device receives the first capability information from the first network device. After receiving the first capability information, the relay device executes S505 according to the first capability information.
若第一终端设备处于第一网络设备的信号覆盖范围内,则第一终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一能力信息。第一终端设备接收第一能力信息之后,根据第一能力信息,执行S5212a和/或S5412a。If the first terminal device is within the signal coverage of the first network device, the first terminal device receives the first capability information from the first network device. After receiving the first capability information, the first terminal device executes S5212a and/or S5412a according to the first capability information.
S510、中继设备向第一网络设备发送设备类型信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的设备类型信息。S510. The relay device sends device type information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the device type information from the relay device.
其中,设备类型信息用于指示中继设备的设备类型。The device type information is used to indicate the device type of the relay device.
示例性的,设备类型信息用于向第一网络设备指示自身为中继设备,或者,设备类型信息用于向第一网络设备指示自身为消费者类型的中继设备。应理解,在本申请实施例中,消费者类型的中继设备,可以理解为,该中继设备有和其他终端设备关联的需求,或者,该中继设备存在关联的终端设备。For example, the device type information is used to indicate to the first network device that it is a relay device, or the device type information is used to indicate to the first network device that it is a consumer-type relay device. It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, a consumer-type relay device can be understood to mean that the relay device has a need to be associated with other terminal devices, or that the relay device has associated terminal devices.
示例性的,设备类型信息可以通过无线资源控制层(radio resource control,RRC)消息传输,也可以通过其他消息传输,本申请实施例对此不作限定。For example, the device type information may be transmitted through a radio resource control layer (RRC) message, or may be transmitted through other messages, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
S511、中继设备向第一网络设备发送第二能力信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自中继设备的第二能力信息。S511. The relay device sends the second capability information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the second capability information from the relay device.
其中,第二能力信息指示中继设备支持的功能。示例性的,第二能力信息指示以下至少一项:The second capability information indicates functions supported by the relay device. For example, the second capability information indicates at least one of the following:
第一项,第二能力信息指示中继设备能够上报第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息可以参见S505的介绍,此处不再赘述。The first item, the second capability information indicates that the relay device can report the second indication information. For the second instruction information, please refer to the introduction of S505, which will not be described again here.
第二项,第二能力信息指示中继设备能够接收来自第一网络设备的控制信息。示例性的,控制信息包括用于控制中继设备转发波束的空域参数。The second item, the second capability information indicates that the relay device is capable of receiving control information from the first network device. Exemplarily, the control information includes airspace parameters used to control the forwarding beam of the relay device.
示例性的,第二能力信息可以通过UE能力消息的扩展字段传输,也可以通过其他消息传输,本申请实施例对此不作限定。For example, the second capability information may be transmitted through the extension field of the UE capability message, or may be transmitted through other messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
应理解,设备类型信息和第二能力信息可以承载于同一消息,也可以承载于不同消息,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the device type information and the second capability information may be carried in the same message or in different messages, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
S512、第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第三能力信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第三能力信息。S512. The first terminal device sends the third capability information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the third capability information from the first terminal device.
其中,第三能力信息指示第一终端设备能够上报第一标识。其中,第一终端设备向第一网络设备上报第一标识的过程,可以参见S5211a的介绍,此处不再赘述。The third capability information indicates that the first terminal device can report the first identification. For the process of the first terminal device reporting the first identifier to the first network device, please refer to the introduction of S5211a, which will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,各通信设备(如上述第一终端设备、中继设备、第一网络设备)执行一次上述阶段一的步骤即可。例如,在消费者购买并安装完中继设备之后,中继设备的相关使用说明可以引导消费者主动地携带着自己的终端设备靠近中继设备,在蓝牙等短距连接质量比较好的条件下完成上述步骤。在阶段一之后的使用过程中,不依赖于短距连接,从而降低对中继设备和第一终端设备之间的短距连接的质量要求。例如,在第一终端设备和中继设备之间的短距连接建立之后,第一终端设备即使再收到中继设备的广播消息,也无需反馈第一响应消息。再如,在第一终端设备和中继设备之间的短距连接建立之后,第一终端设备启动并维持一个定时器,在定时器到期之前,第一终端设备即使再收到中继设备的广播消息,也无需反馈第一响应消息。又如,在第一终端设备和中继设备之间的短距连接建立之后,第一终 端设备即使再收到中继设备的广播消息,也默认无需反馈第一响应消息。在第一终端设备确定信号质量较差的情况下,才重新向中继设备反馈第一响应消息,例如,当第一终端设备确定自己位于目标小区或者目标位置但是信号质量仍然很差的情况下,可以通过软件的提示信息提示消费者重新主动携带着第一终端设备靠近中继设备,再次执行上述阶段一的相关步骤。It should be noted that each communication device (such as the above-mentioned first terminal device, relay device, and first network device) only needs to perform the steps of the above-mentioned phase one once. For example, after consumers purchase and install relay equipment, the relevant instructions for use of the relay equipment can guide consumers to actively carry their terminal equipment close to the relay equipment, under the conditions of relatively good short-distance connection quality such as Bluetooth. Complete the above steps. In the use process after stage one, the short-distance connection is not relied on, thereby reducing the quality requirements for the short-distance connection between the relay device and the first terminal device. For example, after the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device is established, even if the first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device again, it does not need to feed back a first response message. For another example, after the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device is established, the first terminal device starts and maintains a timer. Before the timer expires, the first terminal device receives no more messages from the relay device. broadcast message, and there is no need to feed back the first response message. For another example, after the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device is established, the first terminal device Even if the end device receives a broadcast message from the relay device again, it does not need to feed back the first response message by default. Only when the first terminal device determines that the signal quality is poor will the first response message be fed back to the relay device again. For example, when the first terminal device determines that it is located in the target cell or target location but the signal quality is still very poor. , the consumer can be prompted through the prompt information of the software to actively carry the first terminal device close to the relay device again, and perform the relevant steps of the above-mentioned phase one again.
应理解,阶段一中的各个步骤是示例性地给出了实现目的1和目的2的处理过程,当然,也可以通过其他处理方式实现目的1和目的2,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that each step in phase one is an exemplary processing process for achieving purpose 1 and purpose 2. Of course, purpose 1 and purpose 2 can also be achieved through other processing methods, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
应理解,阶段一中让第一网络设备确定第一终端设备和中继设备具有关联关系的方法也可应用于其他场景中,例如,当中继设备能使用波束向第一终端设备转发参考信号,或者使用波束接收第一终端设备发送的参考信号,并且该波束可以动态调整时,第一网络设备根据第一终端设备和中继设备的关联关系,可以控制中继设备将发送/接收波束对准第一终端设备,从而实现中继设备尽量只为与其有关联关系的终端设备提供覆盖服务。It should be understood that the method in phase one for the first network device to determine that the first terminal device and the relay device have an association relationship can also be applied to other scenarios. For example, when the relay device can use a beam to forward the reference signal to the first terminal device, Or when a beam is used to receive the reference signal sent by the first terminal device, and the beam can be dynamically adjusted, the first network device can control the relay device to align the sending/receiving beam according to the association between the first terminal device and the relay device. The first terminal device enables the relay device to provide coverage services only for terminal devices associated with it as much as possible.
阶段二、转发通道开启阶段Phase 2: Forwarding channel opening phase
转发通道开启阶段主要用于实现:第一网络设备确定满足条件A的情况下,第一网络设备向中继设备发送第一指示信息。其中,条件A与第一终端设备相关。第一指示信息指示中继设备开启转发通道,从而使得中继设备为第一终端设备提供信号增强服务。The forwarding channel opening phase is mainly used to implement: when the first network device determines that condition A is met, the first network device sends first indication information to the relay device. Among them, condition A is related to the first terminal device. The first instruction information instructs the relay device to open a forwarding channel, so that the relay device provides signal enhancement services for the first terminal device.
如图6所示,转发通道开启阶段包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 6, the forwarding channel opening phase includes the following steps:
S521、第一网络设备确定满足条件A。S521. The first network device determines that condition A is met.
其中,条件A包括以下至少一项(即条件A包括条件a1和/或条件a2):Among them, condition A includes at least one of the following (that is, condition A includes condition a1 and/or condition a2):
条件a1、第一终端设备从第一小区切换到目标小区内,或者,第一终端设备在目标小区内发起随机接入。其中,第一小区是除目标小区之外的一个小区,例如,第一小区对应的网络设备可以为第二网络设备。目标小区对应的网络设备为第一网络设备。“目标小区对应的网络设备”可以参见S507的介绍,此处不再赘述。示例性的,S521包括S5211。其中,S5211包括:第一网络设备确定满足条件a1,此处暂不赘述。应理解,当条件a1满足时,第一网络设备能够确定第一终端设备进入其覆盖区域,故也会或者即将会进入中继设备的覆盖区域,因此,第一网络设备可以向中继设备发送第一指示信息指示其提前打开转发通道,为第一终端设备提供服务。Condition a1: the first terminal device switches from the first cell to the target cell, or the first terminal device initiates random access in the target cell. The first cell is a cell other than the target cell. For example, the network device corresponding to the first cell may be the second network device. The network device corresponding to the target cell is the first network device. "Network equipment corresponding to the target cell" can be found in the introduction of S507 and will not be described again here. For example, S521 includes S5211. Among them, S5211 includes: the first network device determines that condition a1 is met, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition a1 is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal device has entered its coverage area, and therefore will also or will soon enter the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send the message to the relay device. The first instruction information instructs it to open the forwarding channel in advance to provide services for the first terminal device.
条件a2、第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第一请求信息。其中,第一请求信息请求开启中继设备中的转发通道。示例性的,S521包括S5212。其中,S5212包括:第一网络设备确定满足条件a2,此处暂不赘述。应理解,当条件a2满足时,第一网络设备能够确定第一终端有打开中继设备转发通道的需求,因此,第一网络设备可以向中继设备发送第一指示信息指示其打开转发通道,为第一终端设备提供服务。Condition a2: The first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device. The first request information requests opening of a forwarding channel in the relay device. Exemplarily, S521 includes S5212. Among them, S5212 includes: the first network device determines that condition a2 is met, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition a2 is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal has a need to open the forwarding channel of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send the first instruction information to the relay device to instruct it to open the forwarding channel. Provide services to the first terminal device.
其中,第一终端设备和第一中继设备具有关联关系。Wherein, the first terminal device and the first relay device have an association relationship.
对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备确定满足条件A之后,执行S522:For the first network device, after determining that condition A is met, S522 is executed:
S522、第一网络设备向中继设备发送第一指示信息。相应的,中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息。S522. The first network device sends the first instruction information to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the first indication information from the first network device.
其中,第一指示信息指示中继设备开启转发通道。中继设备的转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,中继设备的转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息,具体可以参见图2a的介绍,此处不再赘述。The first instruction information instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel. The forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device, For details, please refer to the introduction in Figure 2a and will not be repeated here.
示例性的,S522的实现过程,也可以描述为:第一网络设备根据第一关联关系,确定向 中继设备发送第一指示信息。相应的,中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息。其中,第一关联关系指示中继设备与第一终端设备关联。示例性的,第一网络设备还执行S524。其中,S524包括:第一网络设备根据第一标识和第一关联关系,确定中继设备与第一终端设备关联,此处暂不赘述。Exemplarily, the implementation process of S522 can also be described as: the first network device determines the direction to the destination according to the first association relationship. The relay device sends first indication information. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the first indication information from the first network device. Wherein, the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device. Exemplarily, the first network device also performs S524. S524 includes: the first network device determines that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device according to the first identification and the first association relationship, which will not be described again here.
对于中继设备来说,中继设备接收第一指示信息之后,执行S523:For the relay device, after receiving the first indication information, the relay device executes S523:
S523、中继设备根据第一指示信息,开启转发通道。S523. The relay device opens the forwarding channel according to the first instruction information.
示例性的,中继设备的转发通道包括上行转发通道和/或下行转发通道,详见图2a的介绍。中继设备开启转发通道之后,即可为第一终端设备提供信号增强服务。Exemplarily, the forwarding channel of the relay device includes an uplink forwarding channel and/or a downlink forwarding channel. See the introduction in Figure 2a for details. After the relay device opens the forwarding channel, it can provide signal enhancement services to the first terminal device.
也就是说,第一请求信息是由第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送的信息,并且,第一指示信息是由第一网络设备向中继设备发送的信息,所以,第一请求信息和第一指示信息不依赖于第一终端设备与中继设备之间的短距连接,由于一般第一终端设备和第一网络设备之间的可用功率更高,传输模块能力更强,所以避免了由于短距连接的信号质量差所导致的转发通道开启不及时的问题,从而及时、准确地控制转发通道的工作状态。That is to say, the first request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device, and the first indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the first request information and The first indication information does not depend on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device. Since generally the available power between the first terminal device and the first network device is higher and the transmission module has stronger capabilities, it is avoided. Due to the problem of delayed opening of the forwarding channel due to poor signal quality in short-distance connections, the working status of the forwarding channel can be controlled promptly and accurately.
应理解的是,当中继设备打开转发通道后,中继设备也可以为其他终端设备提供信号转发的服务。It should be understood that after the relay device opens the forwarding channel, the relay device can also provide signal forwarding services for other terminal devices.
接下来,如图7所示,从第一网络设备的角度,对S5211、S5212和S524进行详细阐述:Next, as shown in Figure 7, from the perspective of the first network device, S5211, S5212 and S524 are explained in detail:
S5211、第一网络设备确定满足条件a1。S5211. The first network device determines that condition a1 is met.
其中,条件a1包括:第一终端设备从第一小区切换到目标小区内,或者,第一终端设备在目标小区内发起随机接入。The condition a1 includes: the first terminal device switches from the first cell to the target cell, or the first terminal device initiates random access in the target cell.
示例性的,S5211包括S5211a和S5211b:For example, S5211 includes S5211a and S5211b:
S5211a、第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识。S5211a. The first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device.
其中,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第一标识可以参见S504的介绍,此处不再赘述。The first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device. For the first identifier, please refer to the introduction of S504, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,第一标识的发送时机可以参见下文的图8b和图8c的介绍,此处暂不赘述。For example, the timing of sending the first identifier can be referred to the introduction of Figure 8b and Figure 8c below, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,第一标识可以通过接入层连接传输。也就是说,第一终端设备通过接入层连接向第一网络设备发送第一标识。相应的,第一网络设备通过接入层连接接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识。其中,接入层连接的建立过程可以参见S525的介绍,此处暂不赘述。For example, the first identification may be transmitted through an access layer connection. That is to say, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device through the access layer connection. For the establishment process of the access layer connection, please refer to the introduction of S525 and will not be described in detail here.
对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,执行S5211b:For the first network device, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S5211b:
S5211b、第一网络设备根据第一终端设备的第一标识和第一信令,确定满足条件a1。S5211b. The first network device determines that condition a1 is satisfied based on the first identification and the first signaling of the first terminal device.
例如,在第一信令包括第一终端设备切换至目标小区内的相关信令的情况下,第一网络设备根据第一终端设备的第一标识和小区切换的相关信令,确定第一终端设备从第一小区切换到目标小区内,即满足条件a1。For example, in the case where the first signaling includes signaling related to the first terminal device switching to the target cell, the first network device determines the first terminal device based on the first identification of the first terminal device and the related signaling of cell switching. The device switches from the first cell to the target cell, that is, condition a1 is satisfied.
再如,在第一信令包括第一终端设备发起随机接入的相关信令的情况下,第一网络设备根据第一终端设备的第一标识和随机接入的相关信令,确定第一终端设备在目标小区内发起随机接入,即满足条件a1。For another example, in the case where the first signaling includes related signaling of the first terminal device initiating random access, the first network device determines the first terminal device based on the first identification of the first terminal device and the related signaling of random access. The terminal device initiates random access in the target cell, that is, condition a1 is satisfied.
S5212、第一网络设备确定满足条件a2。S5212. The first network device determines that condition a2 is met.
其中,条件a2包括:第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第一请求信息。其中,第一请求信息请求开启中继设备中的转发通道。The condition a2 includes: the first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device. The first request information requests opening of a forwarding channel in the relay device.
示例性的,S5212包括S5212a: Exemplarily, S5212 includes S5212a:
S5212a、第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第一请求信息。S5212a. The first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first request information from the first terminal device.
其中,第一请求信息请求开启中继设备中的转发通道。The first request information requests opening of a forwarding channel in the relay device.
示例性的,第一请求信息包括第一标识,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第一标识可以参见S504的介绍,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the first request information includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device. For the first identifier, please refer to the introduction of S504, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,第一请求信息的发送时机可以参见下文的图8d和图8e的介绍,此处暂不赘述。For example, the timing of sending the first request information can be referred to the introduction of Figure 8d and Figure 8e below, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,第一请求信息在完成接入层连接之后传输。Exemplarily, the first request information is transmitted after completing the access layer connection.
也就是说,对于第一网络设备来说,第一网络设备能够接收到第一请求信息,也就能够确定满足条件a2。That is to say, for the first network device, if the first network device can receive the first request information, it can be determined that condition a2 is met.
需要说明的是,对于第一网络设备来说,第一网络设备可以执行S5211a,不执行S5212a,或者,第一网络设备可以不执行S5211a,而执行S5212a,或者,第一网络设备可以执行S5211a和S5212a,本申请实施例对此不作限定。进一步地,在S5211a和S5212a被执行的情况下,第一网络设备可以先执行S5211a,再执行S5212a,也可以同时执行S5211a和S5212a,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that for the first network device, the first network device may execute S5211a but not S5212a, or the first network device may not execute S5211a but execute S5212a, or the first network device may execute S5211a and S5212a. S5212a, the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. Further, when S5211a and S5212a are executed, the first network device may execute S5211a first and then S5212a, or may execute S5211a and S5212a at the same time, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备获取第一标识之后,第一网络设备执行S524:For the first network device, after the first network device obtains the first identifier, the first network device executes S524:
S524、第一网络设备根据第一标识和第一关联关系,确定中继设备与第一终端设备关联。S524. The first network device determines that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device according to the first identification and the first association relationship.
其中,第一关联关系指示中继设备与第一终端设备关联。第一关联关系可以参见S506的介绍,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device. The first association relationship can be found in the introduction of S506 and will not be described again here.
应理解,在转发通道开启阶段,第一网络设备获取第一标识的介绍如下:第一网络设备可以执行S5211a,或第一网络设备可以执行S5212a,且S5212a中的第一请求信息包括第一标识,从而使得第一网络设备获取第一标识。It should be understood that during the forwarding channel opening phase, the first network device obtains the first identifier as follows: the first network device can execute S5211a, or the first network device can execute S5212a, and the first request information in S5212a includes the first identifier. , thereby causing the first network device to obtain the first identification.
示例性的,对于第一网络设备来说,第一网络设备通过执行S5211a获取到第一标识的情况下,S5211a的第一标识与S524的第一标识一致。或者,在第一请求信息包括第一标识的情况下,第一网络设备通过S5212a获取到第一标识的情况下,S5212a的第一标识与S524的第一标识一致。第一网络设备基于第一标识,即可确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系。For example, for the first network device, when the first network device obtains the first identifier by executing S5211a, the first identifier in S5211a is consistent with the first identifier in S524. Alternatively, when the first request information includes the first identifier and the first network device obtains the first identifier through S5212a, the first identifier in S5212a is consistent with the first identifier in S524. The first network device can determine the association between the relay device and the first terminal device based on the first identification.
需要说明的是,对于第一网络设备而言,在转发通道开启阶段(即阶段二),第一网络设备可以在执行S522之前,执行S524。It should be noted that, for the first network device, in the forwarding channel opening phase (ie, phase 2), the first network device may execute S524 before executing S522.
接下来,如图8a至图8e所示,从第一终端设备的角度,对第一终端设备执行的步骤进行介绍:Next, as shown in Figures 8a to 8e, from the perspective of the first terminal device, the steps performed by the first terminal device are introduced:
首先,对第一终端设备能够执行的方案一和方案二进行详细阐述:First, the solutions one and two that can be executed by the first terminal device are described in detail:
方案一,第一终端设备在每次建立接入层连接时都发送第一标识。也就是说,第一终端设备每次和一个网络设备建立接入层连接时或者之后都向该网络设备发送第一终端设备的第一标识。具体的,如图8a所示,方案一包括S525和S526:Solution 1: The first terminal device sends the first identifier each time an access layer connection is established. That is to say, each time the first terminal device establishes an access layer connection with a network device or thereafter, the first terminal device sends the first identifier of the first terminal device to the network device. Specifically, as shown in Figure 8a, solution one includes S525 and S526:
S525、第一终端设备与网络设备建立接入层连接。S525. The first terminal device establishes an access layer connection with the network device.
示例性的,S525中的网络设备可以只包括阶段一中的第一网络设备(或者理解为目标小区对应的网络设备),也可以包括任意一个网络设备,本申请实施例对此不作限定。For example, the network device in S525 may only include the first network device in phase one (or be understood as the network device corresponding to the target cell), or may include any network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,通过三种方式(下述方式1、方式2和方式3),对S525进行介绍: By way of example, S525 is introduced in three ways (the following ways 1, 2 and 3):
方式1,如图8a中“方式1”所在的虚线方框所示,S525包括S525a:Mode 1, as shown in the dotted box where "Mode 1" is located in Figure 8a, S525 includes S525a:
S525a、第一终端设备通过RRC连接建立过程,建立与网络设备之间的RRC连接。S525a. The first terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device through the RRC connection establishment process.
其中,接入层连接包括RRC连接。RRC连接建立过程,可以记为RRC connection establishment,具体过程可以参见3GPP相关技术规范,此处不再赘述。此种情况下,第一终端设备处于空闲态。Among them, the access layer connection includes RRC connection. The RRC connection establishment process can be recorded as RRC connection establishment. For the specific process, please refer to the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP and will not be repeated here. In this case, the first terminal device is in idle state.
例如,在第一终端设备确定满足RRC建立条件的情况下,第一终端设备执行S525a。For example, in the case where the first terminal device determines that the RRC establishment condition is met, the first terminal device executes S525a.
方式2,如图8a中“方式2”所在的虚线方框所示,S525包括S525b:Mode 2, as shown in the dotted box where "Mode 2" is located in Figure 8a, S525 includes S525b:
S525b、第一终端设备通过RRC连接重建过程,建立与网络设备之间的RRC连接。S525b. The first terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device through the RRC connection reestablishment process.
其中,接入层连接包括RRC连接。RRC连接重建立过程,可以记为RRC connection reestablishment,具体过程可以参见3GPP相关技术规范,此处不再赘述。此种情况下,第一终端设备处于空闲态。Among them, the access layer connection includes RRC connection. The RRC connection re-establishment process can be recorded as RRC connection re-establishment. For the specific process, please refer to the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP and will not be repeated here. In this case, the first terminal device is in idle state.
例如,在第一终端设备确定满足RRC重建立条件的情况下,第一终端设备执行S525b。For example, in the case where the first terminal device determines that the RRC re-establishment condition is met, the first terminal device executes S525b.
方式3,如图8a中“方式3”所在的虚线方框所示,S525包括S525c:Mode 3, as shown in the dotted box where "Mode 3" is located in Figure 8a, S525 includes S525c:
S525c、第一终端设备通过小区切换过程,切换至网络设备对应的小区。S525c. The first terminal device switches to the cell corresponding to the network device through the cell handover process.
其中,小区切换过程,可以参见3GPP相关技术规范,此处不再赘述。此种情况下,第一终端设备处于连接态。For the cell handover process, please refer to the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP and will not be described again here. In this case, the first terminal device is in the connected state.
其中,网络设备对应的小区,可以理解为,网络设备为对小区进行管理,如为小区分配时频资源,用户的准入控制等。Among them, the cell corresponding to the network device can be understood as the network device manages the cell, such as allocating time and frequency resources to the cell, user access control, etc.
应理解,在S525c中的网络设备为第一网络设备的情况下,则第一终端设备通过小区切换过程,切换至第一网络设备对应的目标小区。其中,第一终端设备确定目标小区的过程,可以参见S507的介绍,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that, in the case where the network device in S525c is the first network device, the first terminal device switches to the target cell corresponding to the first network device through the cell handover process. For the process of determining the target cell by the first terminal device, please refer to the introduction of S507, which will not be described again here.
也就是说,第一终端设备可以通过RRC连接建立过程、RRC连接重建立过程或小区切换过程,建立与网络设备之间的接入层连接。That is to say, the first terminal device can establish an access layer connection with the network device through an RRC connection establishment process, an RRC connection re-establishment process or a cell handover process.
对于第一终端设备而言,第一终端设备还执行S526:For the first terminal device, the first terminal device also executes S526:
S526、第一终端设备向网络设备发送第一标识。相应的,网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识。S526. The first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device.
其中,S526中的第一标识与S504的第一标识一致,此处不再赘述。The first identifier in S526 is consistent with the first identifier in S504, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,作为一种可能的实现方式,第一标识通过接入层连接传输。也就是说,第一终端设备通过接入层连接向网络设备发送第一标识。相应的,网络设备通过接入层连接接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识。例如,以RRC连接建立过程为例,接入层连接包括RRC连接。第一终端设备在RRC连接建立过程之后,通过RRC连接发送第一标识。再如,以RRC连接重建立过程为例,第一终端设备在RRC连接重建立过程之后,通过RRC连接发送第一标识。又如,以小区切换为例,第一终端设备在小区切换过程之后,通过接入层连接发送第一标识。As an example, as a possible implementation manner, the first identity is transmitted through the access layer connection. That is to say, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device through the access layer connection. Correspondingly, the network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device through the access layer connection. For example, taking the RRC connection establishment process as an example, the access layer connection includes an RRC connection. After the RRC connection establishment process, the first terminal device sends the first identifier through the RRC connection. For another example, taking the RRC connection re-establishment process as an example, the first terminal device sends the first identifier through the RRC connection after the RRC connection re-establishment process. As another example, taking cell handover as an example, the first terminal device sends the first identifier through the access layer connection after the cell handover process.
应理解,在第一标识通过接入层连接传输的情况下,对于第一终端设备而言,第一终端设备先执行S525,再执行S526。It should be understood that when the first identity is transmitted through the access layer connection, for the first terminal device, the first terminal device first performs S525 and then performs S526.
示例性的,作为另一种可能的实现方式,第一标识在接入层连接建立过程中传输。例如,以RRC连接建立过程为例,接入层连接包括RRC连接。第一终端设备在RRC连接建立过程中发送第一标识,如在RRC连接建立完成(RRC Setup Complete)消息中携带第一标识。再如,以RRC连接重建立过程为例,接入层连接包括RRC连接。第一终端设备在RRC连接重建立 过程中发送第一标识,如在RRC连接建立完成(RRC Setup Complete)消息中携带第一标识。又如,以小区切换为例,第一终端设备在小区切换过程中发送第一标识。Exemplarily, as another possible implementation manner, the first identifier is transmitted during the access layer connection establishment process. For example, taking the RRC connection establishment process as an example, the access layer connection includes an RRC connection. The first terminal device sends the first identifier during the RRC connection establishment process, for example, the first identifier is carried in the RRC Setup Complete message. As another example, taking the RRC connection re-establishment process as an example, the access layer connection includes an RRC connection. The first terminal device re-establishes the RRC connection The first identifier is sent during the process, for example, the first identifier is carried in the RRC Setup Complete message. As another example, taking cell handover as an example, the first terminal device sends the first identifier during the cell handover process.
应理解,在第一标识在接入层连接建立过程中传输的情况下,对于第一终端设备而言,第一终端设备同时执行S525和执行S526。It should be understood that, in the case where the first identifier is transmitted during the access layer connection establishment process, for the first terminal device, the first terminal device performs S525 and S526 at the same time.
需要说明的是,上述S526是可选的步骤。例如,第一终端设备在RRC连接重建过程中可以不上报第一标识。具体的,在RRC连接重建立过程之前,第一终端设备已经执行过RRC连接初始建立过程的情况下,若第一终端设备在RRC连接初始建立过程中,向网络设备发送了第一标识,且网络设备存储了第一终端设备的第一标识,则第一终端设备无需重复发送第一标识,即无需执行S526。类似的,第一终端设备在小区切换过程中也可以不上报第一标识。具体地,在小区切换过程之前,第一终端设备已经执行RRC连接初始建立过程的情况下,若第一终端设备在RRC连接初始建立过程中,向网络设备A发送了第一标识,且网络设备A存储了第一终端设备的第一标识,即使第一终端设备从小区A(对应网络设备A的小区)切换到小区B(对应网络设备B的小区),但两个小区对应的网络设备在第一终端设备的上下文交换的过程中将第一标识包含在上下文信息中。也就是说,网络设备A也能够通过上下文信息将第一标识提供给网络设备B,第一终端设备也无需重复发送第一标识,即无需执行S526。It should be noted that the above S526 is an optional step. For example, the first terminal device may not report the first identifier during the RRC connection reestablishment process. Specifically, before the RRC connection re-establishment process, the first terminal device has already performed the RRC connection initial establishment process, if the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device during the RRC connection initial establishment process, and If the network device stores the first identification of the first terminal device, the first terminal device does not need to repeatedly send the first identification, that is, there is no need to perform S526. Similarly, the first terminal device may not report the first identifier during cell handover. Specifically, before the cell handover process, when the first terminal device has performed the RRC connection initial establishment process, if the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device A during the RRC connection initial establishment process, and the network device A stores the first identification of the first terminal device. Even if the first terminal device switches from cell A (the cell corresponding to network device A) to cell B (the cell corresponding to network device B), the network devices corresponding to the two cells are in During the context exchange process of the first terminal device, the first identifier is included in the context information. That is to say, network device A can also provide the first identifier to network device B through context information, and the first terminal device does not need to repeatedly send the first identifier, that is, there is no need to perform S526.
对于网络设备而言,作为一种可能的实现方式,网络设备基于第一标识,即可确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,具体可以参见S524的介绍,此处不再赘述。For network equipment, as a possible implementation method, the network equipment can determine the association between the relay device and the first terminal device based on the first identifier. For details, please refer to the introduction of S524, which will not be described again here. .
方案二:第一终端设备发送第一标识的动作和建立接入层连接无绑定关系,即在方案二中允许第一终端设备在某些情况向第一网络设备或其他网络设备发起接入层连接后(例如RRC连接后)不发送第一标识。具体的,如图8a所示,方案二包括S527:Option 2: There is no binding relationship between the action of the first terminal device sending the first identifier and establishing the access layer connection. That is, in Option 2, the first terminal device is allowed to initiate access to the first network device or other network devices under certain circumstances. The first identifier is not sent after layer connection (for example, after RRC connection). Specifically, as shown in Figure 8a, solution two includes S527:
S527、第一终端设备向网络设备发送第一标识。相应的,网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一标识。S527. The first terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device.
其中,S527中的第一标识与S504的第一标识一致,此处不再赘述。The first identifier in S527 is consistent with the first identifier in S504, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,在方案二中,第一终端设备是在自身有需求的情况下,执行S527,具体可以参见下文中图8b、图8c、图11a或图11b的介绍,此处暂不赘述。For example, in the second solution, the first terminal device performs S527 when it has needs. For details, please refer to the introduction of Figure 8b, Figure 8c, Figure 11a or Figure 11b below, which will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在S527执行过程中,若第一终端设备和网络设备之间没有接入层连接,或者第一终端设备和网络设备之间的接入层连接断开时,第一终端设备向网络设备主动发起随机接入,并建立接入层连接,以使得第一终端设备和网络设备之间有接入层连接,在完成接入层连接之后传输第一标识;或者,在随机接入过程中通过小包传输的方式发送第一标识。It should be noted that during the execution of S527, if there is no access layer connection between the first terminal device and the network device, or the access layer connection between the first terminal device and the network device is disconnected, the first terminal device Actively initiate random access to the network device and establish an access layer connection so that there is an access layer connection between the first terminal device and the network device, and transmit the first identifier after completing the access layer connection; or, after the random access, During the entry process, the first identifier is sent through small packet transmission.
应理解,相比于方案一,对于方案二的第一终端设备而言,在S527执行之前,即使第一终端设备和网络设备执行接入层连接建立过程,第一终端设备也不向网络设备发送第一标识,而是在满足触发条件的情况下(如下文中图8b、图8c、图11a或图11b的介绍),才执行S527。It should be understood that compared with the first terminal device, for the first terminal device in the second solution, before S527 is executed, even if the first terminal device and the network device perform the access layer connection establishment process, the first terminal device does not send a request to the network device. The first identifier is sent, but S527 is executed only when the trigger condition is met (as introduced in Figure 8b, Figure 8c, Figure 11a or Figure 11b below).
然后,结合转发通道开启阶段,对第一终端设备所执行的方案一和方案二进行详细阐述:Then, combined with the forwarding channel opening stage, the first and second solutions implemented by the first terminal device are elaborated:
方式A:第一网络设备根据条件a1且第一终端设备使用方案一。也就是说,方式A包括S525、S526、S524和S522。Method A: The first network device uses plan 1 according to condition a1 and the first terminal device. That is to say, mode A includes S525, S526, S524 and S522.
如图8b所示,对于第一终端设备而言,分两种情况进行介绍:As shown in Figure 8b, for the first terminal device, two situations are introduced:
若第一终端设备处于连接态,当第一终端设备从除目标小区外的小区切换到目标小区时,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,具体可以参见方案一的相关描述。 If the first terminal device is in the connected state, when the first terminal device switches from a cell other than the target cell to the target cell, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device. For details, see the relevant description of Solution 1.
若第一终端设备处于空闲态,当第一终端设备确定满足条件B和/或条件C的情况下,第一终端设备执行S525和S526,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发起随机接入,并建立接入层连接,通过接入层连接向第一网络设备发送第一标识,具体可以参见方案一的相关描述。If the first terminal device is in the idle state, when the first terminal device determines that condition B and/or condition C is met, the first terminal device executes S525 and S526, that is, the first terminal device initiates a random access to the first network device. , and establishes an access layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection. For details, please refer to the relevant description of Solution 1.
其中,条件B包括:第一终端设备能够接收到来自第一网络设备的第一SSB,且第一SSB所对应的小区标识与目标小区的标识相同。目标小区可以参见S507的介绍,此处不再赘述。第一网络设备发送第一SSB。第一终端设备发生移动,如从位置A移动到位置B。其中,第一终端设备在位置A时无法接收到第一SSB,在位置B时可以接收到第一SSB。在第一终端设备处于第一网络设备的信号覆盖范围内(如位置B处于第一网络设备的信号覆盖范围内)的情况下,处于空闲态的第一终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一SSB。第一SSB的RSRP大于第一阈值时,第一终端设备基于第一SSB确定的小区标识与目标小区的标识相同。此种情况下,第一终端设备即可确定自身所在的小区为目标小区。第一终端设备驻留到目标小区,并发起随机接入,建立与第一网络设备之间的接入层连接。应理解,当条件B满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己进入第一网络设备的覆盖范围,故可能也会进入中继设备的覆盖范围。因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,以使第一网络设备确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,进而指示中继设备开启转发通道。Condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell. For the target cell, please refer to the introduction of S507 and will not be repeated here. The first network device sends the first SSB. The first terminal device moves, for example, from location A to location B. Wherein, the first terminal device cannot receive the first SSB when it is at location A, but can receive the first SSB when it is at location B. When the first terminal device is within the signal coverage of the first network device (for example, location B is within the signal coverage of the first network device), the first terminal device in the idle state receives the third signal from the first network device. One SSB. When the RSRP of the first SSB is greater than the first threshold, the cell identity determined by the first terminal device based on the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell. In this case, the first terminal device can determine that the cell where it is located is the target cell. The first terminal device camps on the target cell, initiates random access, and establishes an access layer connection with the first network device. It should be understood that when condition B is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also enter the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
其中,条件C包括:第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离小于或等于第一阈值。示例性的,条件C对应的场景可以包括:第一终端设备发生移动,并且第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离从大于第一阈值到小于第一阈值。第一终端设备确定目标位置的过程,可以参见S508的介绍,此处不再赘述。示例性的,在目标位置是消费者的住宅区域的情况下,第一终端设备确定当前自身的位置与目标位置重合,或者,第一终端设备确定当前自身的位置与目标位置之间的间隔小于第一阈值,第一终端设备可能还未处于中继设备的信号覆盖区域,则第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,以使第一网络设备基于第一标识确定第一终端设备与中继设备之间的关联关系,从而使得第一网络设备控制中继设备提前打开转发通道。此种情况下,第一终端设备进入目标位置之后,第一终端设备即可被中继设备提供信号增强服务,避免第一终端设备进入目标位置后中继设备未及时打开转发通道所造成的信号质量差的问题。应理解,当条件C满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己进入中继设备的覆盖范围。因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,以使第一网络设备确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,进而指示中继设备开启转发通道。The condition C includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold. For example, the scenario corresponding to condition C may include: the first terminal device moves, and the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is from greater than the first threshold to less than the first threshold. For the process of determining the target location by the first terminal device, please refer to the introduction of S508, which will not be described again here. For example, when the target location is the consumer's residential area, the first terminal device determines that its current location coincides with the target location, or the first terminal device determines that the distance between its current location and the target location is less than First threshold, the first terminal device may not be in the signal coverage area of the relay device, then the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the first terminal device based on the first identifier The association relationship with the relay device enables the first network device to control the relay device to open the forwarding channel in advance. In this case, after the first terminal device enters the target location, the first terminal device can be provided with a signal enhancement service by the relay device to avoid the signal failure caused by the relay device not opening the forwarding channel in time after the first terminal device enters the target location. Problem of poor quality. It should be understood that when condition C is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备还满足条件D。其中,条件D包括:第一终端设备有业务数据传输需求。也就是说,第一终端设备需要向第一网络设备发送上行信息。此种情况下,可以理解为,当第一终端设备确定满足条件B和条件D的情况下,和/或,当第一终端设备确定满足条件C和条件D的情况下,第一终端设备执行S525和S526,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发起随机接入,并建立接入层连接,通过接入层连接向第一网络设备发送第一标识。In some embodiments, the first terminal device also satisfies condition D. Among them, condition D includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements. That is to say, the first terminal device needs to send uplink information to the first network device. In this case, it can be understood that when the first terminal device determines that condition B and condition D are met, and/or when the first terminal device determines that condition C and condition D are met, the first terminal device executes S525 and S526, that is, the first terminal device initiates random access to the first network device, establishes an access layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection.
如图8b所示,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,通过阶段一获取的第一关联关系,确定第一终端设备与第一中继设备有关联关系,然后,第一网络设备基于条件a1向中继设备发送第一指示信息。也就是说,第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,执行S524和S522。As shown in Figure 8b, for the first network device, after receiving the first identification, the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device through the first association relationship obtained in stage one, and then , the first network device sends first indication information to the relay device based on condition a1. That is to say, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S524 and S522.
需要说明的是,在方式A中,S526与S5211a是对应步骤。It should be noted that in method A, S526 and S5211a are corresponding steps.
方式B:第一网络设备根据条件a1且第一终端设备使用方案二。也就是说,方式B包括 S527、S524和S522。Method B: The first network device uses method 2 according to condition a1 and the first terminal device. In other words, method B includes S527, S524 and S522.
如图8c所示,对于第一终端设备,当第一终端设备确定满足条件B和/或条件C的情况下,第一终端设备执行S527,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,具体可以参见方案二的相关描述。As shown in Figure 8c, for the first terminal device, when the first terminal device determines that condition B and/or condition C is met, the first terminal device executes S527, that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device. Logo. For details, please refer to the relevant description of Solution 2.
其中,条件B包括:第一终端设备能够接收到来自第一网络设备的第一SSB,且第一SSB所对应的小区标识与目标小区的标识相同,具体可以参见上述方式A的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件B满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己进入第一网络设备的覆盖范围,故可能也会进入中继设备的覆盖范围。因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,以使第一网络设备确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,进而指示中继设备开启转发通道。Among them, condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell. For details, please refer to the introduction of method A above, here No longer. It should be understood that when condition B is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also enter the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
其中,条件C包括:第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离小于或等于第一阈值,具体可以参见上述方式A的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件C满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己进入中继设备的覆盖范围。因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,以使第一网络设备确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,进而指示中继设备开启转发通道。The condition C includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold. For details, please refer to the introduction of the above method A, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition C is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identifier to the first network device, so that the first network device determines the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备还满足条件D。其中,条件D包括:第一终端设备有业务数据传输需求。也就是说,第一终端设备需要向第一网络设备发送上行信息。此种情况下,可以理解为,当第一终端设备确定满足条件B和条件D的情况下,和/或,当第一终端设备确定满足条件C和条件D的情况下,第一终端设备执行S527,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识。In some embodiments, the first terminal device also satisfies condition D. Among them, condition D includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements. That is to say, the first terminal device needs to send uplink information to the first network device. In this case, it can be understood that when the first terminal device determines that condition B and condition D are met, and/or when the first terminal device determines that condition C and condition D are met, the first terminal device executes S527: The first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device.
如图8c所示,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,通过阶段一获取的第一关联关系,确定第一终端设备与第一中继设备有关联关系,然后,第一网络设备基于条件a1向中继设备发送第一指示信息。也就是说,第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,执行S524和S522。As shown in Figure 8c, for the first network device, after receiving the first identification, the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device through the first association relationship obtained in stage one, and then , the first network device sends first indication information to the relay device based on condition a1. That is to say, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S524 and S522.
需要注意的是,当第一终端设备在发送第一标识之前未和第一网络设备建立接入层连接时,第一终端设备需要主动向第一网络设备发起随机接入,通过小包(例如将第一标识承载在随机接入过程中的msgA或者msg3)传输的方法向第一网络设备发送第一标识,或者在接入层连接(如RRC连接)建立完成之后向第一网络设备发送第一标识。It should be noted that when the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device before sending the first identification, the first terminal device needs to actively initiate random access to the first network device through a small packet (for example, The first identifier is carried in the msgA or msg3) transmission method during the random access process to send the first identifier to the first network device, or after the access layer connection (such as RRC connection) is established, the first identifier is sent to the first network device. logo.
需要说明的是,在方式B中,S527与S5211a是对应步骤。It should be noted that in method B, S527 and S5211a are corresponding steps.
方式C:第一网络设备根据条件a2且第一终端设备使用方案一。也就是说,方式C包括S525、S526、S5212a、S524和S522。Method C: The first network device is based on condition a2 and the first terminal device uses plan one. That is to say, mode C includes S525, S526, S5212a, S524 and S522.
如图8d所示,对于第一终端设备,当第一终端设备确定满足条件B和/或条件C的情况下,第一终端设备执行S5212a,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息。As shown in Figure 8d, for the first terminal device, when the first terminal device determines that condition B and/or condition C is met, the first terminal device executes S5212a, that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device. Request information.
其中,条件B包括:第一终端设备能够接收到来自第一网络设备的第一SSB,且第一SSB所对应的小区标识与目标小区的标识相同,具体可以参见上述方式A的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件B满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己进入第一网络设备的覆盖范围,故可能也会进入中继设备的覆盖范围。因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息,以请求开启中继设备的转发通道。Among them, condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell. For details, please refer to the introduction of method A above, here No longer. It should be understood that when condition B is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also enter the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device.
其中,条件C包括:第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离小于或等于第一阈 值,具体可以参见上述方式A的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件C满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己进入中继设备的覆盖范围。因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息,以请求开启中继设备的转发通道。The condition C includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold. Value, for details, please refer to the introduction of method A above, and will not be repeated here. It should be understood that when condition C is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备还满足条件D。其中,条件D包括:第一终端设备有业务数据传输需求。也就是说,第一终端设备需要向第一网络设备发送上行信息。此种情况下,可以理解为,当第一终端设备确定满足条件B和条件D的情况下,和/或,当第一终端设备确定满足条件C和条件D的情况下,第一终端设备执行S5212a,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息。In some embodiments, the first terminal device also satisfies condition D. Among them, condition D includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements. That is to say, the first terminal device needs to send uplink information to the first network device. In this case, it can be understood that when the first terminal device determines that condition B and condition D are met, and/or when the first terminal device determines that condition C and condition D are met, the first terminal device executes S5212a, that is, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device.
需要说明的是,当第一终端设备已经和第一网络设备建立接入层连接时,通过方案一的相关描述,第一终端设备在接入层连接建立时或者接入层连接建立之后已经向第一网络设备发送了第一标识。此种情况下,第一终端设备可以先向第一网络设备发送第一标识,再在满足条件B和/或条件C的情况下,向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息,如图8d中“方式一”所在的虚线方框所示。当第一终端设备未和第一网络设备建立接入层连接时,在向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息之前,第一终端设备确定满足条件B和/或条件C的情况下,向第一网络设备发起随机接入过程并建立接入层连接,按照方案一的相关描述向第一网络设备发送第一标识。之后,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息,如图8d中“方式二”所在的虚线方框所示。It should be noted that when the first terminal device has established an access layer connection with the first network device, through the relevant description of solution 1, the first terminal device has already communicated to the The first network device sends the first identification. In this case, the first terminal device may first send the first identification to the first network device, and then, if condition B and/or condition C are met, send the first request information to the first network device, as shown in Figure 8d "Method 1" is shown in the dotted box. When the first terminal device has not established an access layer connection with the first network device, before sending the first request information to the first network device, if the first terminal device determines that condition B and/or condition C is met, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device. A network device initiates a random access process and establishes an access layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device according to the relevant description of solution one. Afterwards, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device, as shown in the dotted box where "Method 2" is located in Figure 8d.
如图8d所示,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备接收第一标识和第一请求信息之后,第一网络设备基于第一标识,以及阶段一获取的第一关联关系,确定第一终端设备与第一中继设备有关联关系,然后,第一网络设备基于条件a2向中继设备发送第一指示信息。也就是说,第一网络设备接收第一请求信息之后,执行S524和S522。As shown in Figure 8d, for the first network device, after the first network device receives the first identification and the first request information, the first network device determines the first identification based on the first identification and the first association relationship obtained in stage one. A terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device, and then the first network device sends first indication information to the relay device based on condition a2. That is to say, after receiving the first request information, the first network device executes S524 and S522.
需要说明的是,在方式C中,S526与S5211a是对应步骤。在本申请实施例通信方法500中,可以先执行S5212a,再执行S524,也可以先执行S524,再执行S5212a,还可以同时执行S5212a和S524,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that in mode C, S526 and S5211a are corresponding steps. In the communication method 500 in the embodiment of the present application, S5212a may be executed first, and then S524 may be executed, or S524 may be executed first, and then S5212a may be executed, or S5212a and S524 may be executed simultaneously, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
方式D:第一网络设备根据条件a2且第一终端设备使用方案二。也就是说,方式D包括S527、S5212a、S524和S522。Method D: The first network device uses method 2 according to condition a2 and the first terminal device. That is to say, mode D includes S527, S5212a, S524 and S522.
如图8e所示,对于第一终端设备,当第一终端设备确定满足条件B和/或条件C的情况下,第一终端设备执行S5212a,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息。其中,第一请求信息包括第一标识。As shown in Figure 8e, for the first terminal device, when the first terminal device determines that condition B and/or condition C is met, the first terminal device executes S5212a, that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device. Request information. Wherein, the first request information includes a first identifier.
其中,条件B包括:第一终端设备能够接收到来自第一网络设备的第一SSB,且第一SSB所对应的小区标识与目标小区的标识相同,具体可以参见上述方式A的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件B满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己进入第一网络设备的覆盖范围,故可能也会进入中继设备的覆盖范围。因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息,以请求开启中继设备的转发通道。Among them, condition B includes: the first terminal device can receive the first SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell. For details, please refer to the introduction of method A above, here No longer. It should be understood that when condition B is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also enter the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device.
其中,条件C包括:第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离小于或等于第一阈值,具体可以参见上述方式A的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件C满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己进入中继设备的覆盖范围。因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息,以请求开启中继设备的转发通道。The condition C includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold. For details, please refer to the introduction of the above method A, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition C is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has entered the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device to request to open the forwarding channel of the relay device.
在一些实施例中,第一终端设备还满足条件D。其中,条件D包括:第一终端设备有业 务数据传输需求。也就是说,第一终端设备需要向第一网络设备发送上行信息。此种情况下,可以理解为,当第一终端设备确定满足条件B和条件D的情况下,和/或,当第一终端设备确定满足条件C和条件D的情况下,第一终端设备执行S5212a,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息。In some embodiments, the first terminal device also satisfies condition D. Among them, condition D includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements. That is to say, the first terminal device needs to send uplink information to the first network device. In this case, it can be understood that when the first terminal device determines that condition B and condition D are met, and/or when the first terminal device determines that condition C and condition D are met, the first terminal device executes S5212a, that is, the first terminal device sends the first request information to the first network device.
对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备接收第一请求信息(第一请求信息包括第一标识)之后,第一网络设备基于第一请求信息中的第一标识,以及阶段一获取的第一关联关系,确定第一终端设备与第一中继设备有关联关系,然后,第一网络设备基于条件a2向中继设备发送第一指示信息。也就是说,第一网络设备接收第一请求信息之后,执行S524和S522。For the first network device, after the first network device receives the first request information (the first request information includes the first identification), the first network device based on the first identification in the first request information and the first obtained in phase one. An association relationship, it is determined that the first terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device, and then the first network device sends the first indication information to the relay device based on condition a2. That is to say, after receiving the first request information, the first network device executes S524 and S522.
需要注意的是,当第一终端设备在发送第一请求信息之前未和第一网络设备建立接入层连接时,第一终端设备需要主动向第一网络设备发起随机接入过程,通过小包(例如将第一请求信息承载在随机接入过程中的msgA或者msg3)传输的方法向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息,或者在接入层连接(如RRC连接)建立完成之后向第一网络设备发送第一请求信息。It should be noted that when the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device before sending the first request information, the first terminal device needs to actively initiate a random access process to the first network device through a small packet ( For example, the first request information is carried in the msgA or msg3) transmission method during the random access process to send the first request information to the first network device, or after the access layer connection (such as RRC connection) is established, the first request information is sent to the first network device. The device sends the first request information.
需要说明的是,在方式D中,S527与S5212a是对应步骤。It should be noted that in mode D, S527 and S5212a are corresponding steps.
阶段三、转发通道关闭阶段Phase 3: Forwarding channel closure phase
转发通道关闭阶段主要用于实现:第一网络设备确定满足条件E的情况下,第一网络设备向中继设备发送第三指示信息。其中,条件E与第一终端设备相关。第三指示信息指示中继设备关闭转发通道,从而使得中继设备停止为第一终端设备提供信号增强服务,以避免中继设备所发射的信号对其他通信设备造成干扰。The forwarding channel closing phase is mainly used to implement: when the first network device determines that condition E is met, the first network device sends third indication information to the relay device. Among them, condition E is related to the first terminal device. The third instruction information instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel, so that the relay device stops providing signal enhancement services to the first terminal device to avoid interference to other communication devices caused by signals transmitted by the relay device.
如图9所示,转发通道关闭阶段包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 9, the forwarding channel closing phase includes the following steps:
S541、第一网络设备确定满足条件E。S541. The first network device determines that condition E is met.
其中,条件E包括以下至少一项(即条件E包括条件e1和/或条件e2):Among them, condition E includes at least one of the following (that is, condition E includes condition e1 and/or condition e2):
条件e1、第一终端设备从目标小区切换到第一小区。其中,第一小区是除目标小区之外的一个小区。S541中的第一小区与S521中的第一小区,可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不作限定。目标小区可以参见S521的介绍,此处不再赘述。示例性的,S541包括S5411。其中,S5411包括:第一网络设备确定满足条件e1,此处暂不赘述。应理解,当条件e1满足时,第一网络设备能够确定第一终端设备已经离开其覆盖区域,故也离开中继设备的覆盖区域,因此,第一网络设备可以向中继设备发送第三指示信息,指示其关闭转发通道。Condition e1: The first terminal equipment switches from the target cell to the first cell. Wherein, the first cell is a cell other than the target cell. The first cell in S541 and the first cell in S521 may be the same or different, and this is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For the target cell, please refer to the introduction of S521 and will not be described again here. Exemplarily, S541 includes S5411. Among them, S5411 includes: the first network device determines that the condition e1 is met, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition e1 is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal device has left its coverage area, and therefore also left the coverage area of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send a third indication to the relay device. Information instructing it to close the forwarding channel.
条件e2、第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第二请求信息。其中,第二请求信息请求关闭中继设备中的转发通道。示例性的,S541包括S5412。其中,S5412包括:第一网络设备确定满足条件e2,此处暂不赘述。应理解,当条件e2满足时,第一网络设备能够确定第一终端有关闭中继设备转发通道的需求或者不再有打开中继设备转发通道的需求,因此,第一网络设备可以向中继设备发送第三指示信息,指示其关闭转发通道。Condition e2: The first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device. The second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel in the relay device. Exemplarily, S541 includes S5412. Among them, S5412 includes: the first network device determines that condition e2 is met, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition e2 is met, the first network device can determine that the first terminal has a need to close the forwarding channel of the relay device or no longer has a need to open the forwarding channel of the relay device. Therefore, the first network device can send a request to the relay device. The device sends third instruction information to instruct it to close the forwarding channel.
对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备确定满足条件E之后,若中继设备关联的终端设备为第一终端设备,(也就是说,中继设备关联的终端设备是一个)则第一网络设备执行S542a,如图9中“场景1”所在的虚线方框所示,或者,若中继设备关联的终端设备为多个终端设备,则第一网络设备执行S542b,如图9中“场景2”所在的虚线方框所示。其中,S542a和S542b的介绍如下:For the first network device, after the first network device determines that condition E is met, if the terminal device associated with the relay device is the first terminal device (that is, the terminal device associated with the relay device is one), then the first The network device executes S542a, as shown in the dotted box where "Scenario 1" is located in Figure 9, or, if the terminal device associated with the relay device is multiple terminal devices, the first network device executes S542b, as shown in "Scenario 1" in Figure 9 Scene 2" is shown in the dotted box. Among them, S542a and S542b are introduced as follows:
S542a、第一网络设备向中继设备发送第三指示信息。相应的,中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三指示信息。 S542a. The first network device sends the third instruction information to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device.
其中,第三指示信息指示中继设备关闭转发通道。中继设备的转发通道用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,中继设备的转发通道用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息,具体可以参见图2a的介绍,此处不再赘述。The third instruction information instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel. The forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel of the relay device is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device, For details, please refer to the introduction in Figure 2a and will not be repeated here.
其中,中继设备与第一终端设备之间存在关联关系。相应的,S542a的实现过程,也可以描述为:第一网络设备根据第一关联关系,确定向中继设备发送第三指示信息。相应的,中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三指示信息。其中,第一关联关系指示中继设备与第一终端设备关联。示例性的,第一网络设备确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间存在关联关系,具体可以参见S524的介绍,此处暂不赘述。Wherein, there is an association relationship between the relay device and the first terminal device. Correspondingly, the implementation process of S542a can also be described as: the first network device determines to send the third indication information to the relay device according to the first association relationship. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device. Wherein, the first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device. For example, the first network device determines that there is an association relationship between the relay device and the first terminal device. For details, please refer to the introduction of S524, which will not be described again here.
S542b、在满足条件I的情况下,第一网络设备向中继设备发送第三指示信息。相应的,中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三指示信息。S542b. When condition I is met, the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device. Correspondingly, the relay device receives the third indication information from the first network device.
其中,条件I包括:中继设备关联的所有终端设备中,除第一终端设备之外的终端设备从目标小区切换到目标小区之外的小区。Condition I includes: among all terminal devices associated with the relay device, the terminal device other than the first terminal device switches from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell.
例如,在中继设备关联的终端设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备的情况下,第一终端设备满足上述条件E,第二终端设备也从目标小区切换到目标小区之外的小区。相应的,目标小区之外的小区,可以是指一个小区。For example, when the terminal devices associated with the relay device are a first terminal device and a second terminal device, the first terminal device satisfies the above condition E, and the second terminal device also switches from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell. Correspondingly, a cell other than the target cell may refer to a cell.
再如,在中继设备关联的终端设备为第一终端设备、第二终端设备和第三终端设备的情况下,第一终端设备满足上述条件E,第二终端设备和第三终端设备也从目标小区切换到目标小区之外的小区。其中,第二终端设备和第三终端设备可以切换到同一小区,也可以切换到不同小区,本申请实施例对此不作限定。相应的,目标小区之外的小区,可以是指一个小区,也可以是指两个小区。应理解,在中继设备关联更多终端设备的情况下,目标小区之外的小区,也可以是指更多的小区。For another example, in the case where the terminal devices associated with the relay device are the first terminal device, the second terminal device and the third terminal device, the first terminal device satisfies the above condition E, and the second terminal device and the third terminal device are also from The target cell is switched to a cell other than the target cell. The second terminal device and the third terminal device may be switched to the same cell or to different cells, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Correspondingly, a cell other than the target cell may refer to one cell or two cells. It should be understood that when the relay device is associated with more terminal devices, cells other than the target cell may also refer to more cells.
对于中继设备来说,中继设备接收第三指示信息之后,执行S543:For the relay device, after receiving the third indication information, the relay device executes S543:
S543、中继设备根据第三指示信息,关闭转发通道。S543. The relay device closes the forwarding channel according to the third instruction information.
示例性的,中继设备的转发通道包括上行转发通道和下行转发通道,详见图2a的介绍。中继设备根据第三指示信息,关闭上行开启转发通道和下行转发通道,不再为第一终端设备提供信号增强服务。Exemplarily, the forwarding channel of the relay device includes an uplink forwarding channel and a downlink forwarding channel. See the introduction in Figure 2a for details. The relay device closes the uplink forwarding channel and the downlink forwarding channel according to the third instruction information, and no longer provides signal enhancement services to the first terminal device.
也就是说,第二请求信息是由第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送的信息,并且,第三指示信息是由第一网络设备向中继设备发送的信息,所以,第二请求信息和第三指示信息不依赖于第一终端设备与中继设备之间的短距连接,避免了由于短距连接的信号质量差所导致的转发通道关闭不及时的问题,从而及时、准确地控制转发通道的工作状态。That is to say, the second request information is information sent by the first terminal device to the first network device, and the third indication information is information sent by the first network device to the relay device. Therefore, the second request information and The third indication information does not rely on the short-distance connection between the first terminal device and the relay device, and avoids the problem of untimely closing of the forwarding channel due to poor signal quality of the short-distance connection, thereby controlling the forwarding in a timely and accurate manner. The working status of the channel.
接下来,如图10所示,从第一网络设备的角度,对S5411和S5412进行详细阐述:Next, as shown in Figure 10, from the perspective of the first network device, S5411 and S5412 are explained in detail:
S5411、第一网络设备确定满足条件e1。S5411. The first network device determines that condition e1 is met.
其中,条件e1包括:第一终端设备从目标小区切换到第一小区内。The condition e1 includes: the first terminal device switches from the target cell to the first cell.
示例性的,S5411包括S5411a和S5411b:For example, S5411 includes S5411a and S5411b:
S5411a、第一终端设备与第一网络设备执行小区切换过程。S5411a. The first terminal device and the first network device perform a cell switching process.
示例性的,第一网络设备向第一终端设备发送切换命令,以指示第一终端设备进行小区切换,具体可以参见3GPP相关技术规范,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the first network device sends a handover command to the first terminal device to instruct the first terminal device to perform cell handover. For details, please refer to 3GPP related technical specifications, which will not be described again here.
对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,执行S5411b:For the first network device, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S5411b:
S5411b、第一网络设备根据第二信令,确定满足条件e1。 S5411b. The first network device determines that condition e1 is met based on the second signaling.
例如,在第一信令包括第一终端设备从目标小区切换至第一小区内的相关信令的情况下,第一网络设备根据第一终端设备的小区切换的相关信令,确定第一终端设备从目标小区切换到第一小区内,即满足条件e1。For example, in the case where the first signaling includes relevant signaling for the first terminal device to switch from the target cell to the first cell, the first network device determines that the first terminal device is switched based on the relevant signaling for the cell switching of the first terminal device. When the device switches from the target cell to the first cell, condition e1 is satisfied.
也就是说,第一网络设备可以基于小区切换的相关信令确定满足条件e1。That is to say, the first network device may determine that condition e1 is satisfied based on the relevant signaling of cell handover.
S5412、第一网络设备确定满足条件e2。S5412. The first network device determines that condition e2 is met.
其中,条件e2包括:第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第二请求信息。其中,第二请求信息请求关闭中继设备中的转发通道。The condition e2 includes: the first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device. The second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel in the relay device.
示例性的,S5412包括S5412a:Exemplarily, S5412 includes S5412a:
S5412a、第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第二请求信息。S5412a. The first terminal device sends the second request information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the second request information from the first terminal device.
其中,第二请求信息请求关闭中继设备中的转发通道。The second request information requests closing of the forwarding channel in the relay device.
示例性的,第二请求信息包括第一标识,第一标识用于标识第一终端设备,第一标识可以参见S504的介绍,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the second request information includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device. For the first identifier, please refer to the introduction of S504, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,第二请求信息的发送时机可以参见下文的图11c和图11d的介绍,此处暂不赘述。For example, the timing of sending the second request information can be referred to the introduction of Figure 11c and Figure 11d below, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,第二请求信息在接入层连接之后传输。也就是说,对于第一网络设备来说,第一网络设备能够接收到第二请求信息,也就能够确定满足条件e2。Exemplarily, the second request information is transmitted after the access layer connection. That is to say, for the first network device, if the first network device can receive the second request information, it can determine that the condition e2 is met.
接下来,结合转发通道关闭阶段,对第一终端设备所执行的方案一和方案二进行详细阐述:Next, combined with the forwarding channel closing stage, the first and second solutions implemented by the first terminal device are elaborated:
方式E:第一网络设备根据条件e1且第一终端设备使用方案一。也就是说,方式E包括S525、S526、S524和S542。Method E: The first network device is based on condition e1 and the first terminal device uses plan one. That is to say, mode E includes S525, S526, S524 and S542.
如图11a所示,对于第一终端设备而言,当第一终端设备与第一网络设备之间没有接入层连接,或者,第一终端设备与第一网络设备之间的接入层连接断开时,在第一终端设备确定满足条件F和/或条件H的情况下,第一终端设备执行S525和S526,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发起随机接入,并建立接入层连接,通过接入层连接向第一网络设备发送第一标识,具体可以参见方案一的相关描述。As shown in Figure 11a, for the first terminal device, when there is no access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device, or the access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device When disconnected, if the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first terminal device executes S525 and S526, that is, the first terminal device initiates random access to the first network device and establishes access. layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device through the access layer connection. For details, please refer to the relevant description of Solution 1.
其中,条件F包括:第一终端设备驻留的小区即将从目标小区重选至目标小区之外的小区。目标小区可以参见S507的介绍,此处不再赘述。The condition F includes: the cell where the first terminal equipment is camped is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell. For the target cell, please refer to the introduction of S507 and will not be repeated here.
示例性的,第一网络设备发送第一SSB。在第一终端设备处于第一网络设备的信号覆盖范围内的情况下,处于空闲态的第一终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一SSB。第一SSB的RSRP小于或等于第一阈值,第一小区对应SSB的RSRP大于第一阈值时,第一终端设备确定即将从目标小区重选至目标小区之外的小区,如第一小区。此种情况下,第一终端设备执行S525和S526,详见方案一的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件F满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己即将离开第一网络设备的覆盖范围,故可能也会离开中继设备的覆盖范围,因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,以使第一网络设备确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,进而指示中继设备关闭转发通道。For example, the first network device sends the first SSB. When the first terminal device is within the signal coverage of the first network device, the first terminal device in the idle state receives the first SSB from the first network device. When the RSRP of the first SSB is less than or equal to the first threshold, and the RSRP of the corresponding SSB of the first cell is greater than the first threshold, the first terminal device determines that it will be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell, such as the first cell. In this case, the first terminal device executes S525 and S526. For details, see the introduction of Solution 1, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when the condition F is satisfied, the first terminal device can determine that it is about to leave the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also leave the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends a message to the first network device. The first identification enables the first network device to determine the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
其中,条件H包括:第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离大于或等于第一阈值。第一终端设备确定目标位置的过程,可以参见S508的介绍,此处不再赘述。示例性的,在目标位置是消费者的住宅区域的情况下,第一终端设备确定当前自身的位置在目标位置外, 且与目标位置之间的间隔大于第一阈值,则第一终端设备执行S525和S526,详见方案一的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件H满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己离开中继设备的覆盖范围,因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,以使第一网络设备确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,进而指示中继设备关闭转发通道。The condition H includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold. For the process of determining the target location by the first terminal device, please refer to the introduction of S508, which will not be described again here. For example, when the target location is the consumer's residential area, the first terminal device determines that its current location is outside the target location, And the distance to the target position is greater than the first threshold, then the first terminal device executes S525 and S526. For details, see the introduction of solution one, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition H is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has left the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device so that the first network device determines that the relay device and the first terminal device, thereby instructing the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
如图11a所示,对于第一网络设备而言,在第一终端设备主动和第一网络设备建立接入层连接之后,当第一终端设备即将离开目标小区的情况下,第一网络设备、第三网络设备和第一终端设备之间执行小区切换过程。其中,第三网络设备是第一终端设备在小区切换过程之后所接入的网络设备。第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,根据第一终端设备的第一标识以及阶段一中的第一关联关系,确定第一终端设备与第一中继设备有关联关系,并根据小区切换进程确定满足条件e1,然后向中继设备发送第三指示信息。也就是说,第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,执行S524和S542。As shown in Figure 11a, for the first network device, after the first terminal device actively establishes an access layer connection with the first network device, when the first terminal device is about to leave the target cell, the first network device, A cell handover process is performed between the third network device and the first terminal device. The third network device is a network device that the first terminal device accesses after the cell handover process. After receiving the first identification, the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association with the first relay device according to the first identification of the first terminal device and the first association relationship in stage one, and determines according to the cell handover process. When condition e1 is met, the third indication information is sent to the relay device. That is to say, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S524 and S542.
方式F:第一网络设备根据条件e1且第一终端设备使用方案二。也就是说,方式F包括S527、S524和S542。Method F: The first network device uses plan 2 according to condition e1 and the first terminal device. That is to say, mode F includes S527, S524 and S542.
如图11b所示,对于第一终端设备,当第一终端设备确定满足条件F和/或条件H的情况下,第一终端设备执行S527,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,具体可以参见方案二的相关描述。As shown in Figure 11b, for the first terminal device, when the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first terminal device executes S527, that is, the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the first network device. Logo. For details, please refer to the relevant description of Solution 2.
其中,条件F包括:第一终端设备驻留的小区即将从目标小区重选至目标小区之外的小区,具体可以参见上述方式E的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件F满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己即将离开第一网络设备的覆盖范围,故可能也会离开中继设备的覆盖范围,因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,以使第一网络设备确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,进而指示中继设备关闭转发通道。The condition F includes: the cell where the first terminal equipment is camped is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell. For details, please refer to the introduction of the above method E, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when the condition F is satisfied, the first terminal device can determine that it is about to leave the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also leave the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends a message to the first network device. The first identification enables the first network device to determine the association between the relay device and the first terminal device, and then instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
其中,条件H包括:第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离大于或等于第一阈值,具体可以参见上述方式E的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件H满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己离开中继设备的覆盖范围,因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识,以使第一网络设备确定中继设备与第一终端设备之间的关联关系,进而指示中继设备关闭转发通道。The condition H includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold. For details, please refer to the introduction of the above method E, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when condition H is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has left the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device so that the first network device determines that the relay device and the first terminal device, thereby instructing the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
需要说明的是,在第一终端设备和第一网络设备之间没有接入层连接,或者,第一终端设备和第一网络设备之间的接入层连接断开时,第一终端设备在确定满足条件F和/或条件H的情况下,向第一网络设备主动发起随机接入并建立接入层连接,以使得第一终端设备和第一网络设备之间有接入层连接。在完成接入层连接之后,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一标识。It should be noted that when there is no access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device, or when the access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device is disconnected, the first terminal device When it is determined that condition F and/or condition H are met, random access is actively initiated to the first network device and an access layer connection is established, so that there is an access layer connection between the first terminal device and the first network device. After completing the access layer connection, the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device.
如图11b所示,对于第一网络设备而言,在第一终端设备主动和第一网络设备建立接入层连接之后,当第一终端即将离开目标小区的情况下,第一网络设备、第三网络设备和第一终端设备之间执行小区切换过程。其中,第三网络设备是第一终端设备在小区切换过程之后所接入的网络设备。第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,通过阶段一获取的第一关联关系,确定第一终端设备与第一中继设备有关联关系,然后,第一网络设备基于条件e1向中继设备发送第三指示信息。也就是说,第一网络设备接收第一标识之后,执行S524和S542。As shown in Figure 11b, for the first network device, after the first terminal device actively establishes an access layer connection with the first network device, when the first terminal is about to leave the target cell, the first network device and the first network device A cell handover process is performed between the third network device and the first terminal device. The third network device is a network device that the first terminal device accesses after the cell handover process. After receiving the first identification, the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association with the first relay device through the first association relationship obtained in stage 1. Then, the first network device sends the first network device to the relay device based on condition e1. Three instructions. That is to say, after receiving the first identification, the first network device executes S524 and S542.
方式G:第一网络设备根据条件e2且第一终端设备使用方案一。也就是说,方式G包括S525、S526、S5412a、S524和S542。 Method G: The first network device is based on condition e2 and the first terminal device uses plan one. That is to say, mode G includes S525, S526, S5412a, S524 and S542.
如图11c所示,对于第一终端设备,当第一终端设备确定满足条件F和/或条件H的情况下,第一终端设备执行S5412a,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息。As shown in Figure 11c, for the first terminal device, when the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first terminal device executes S5412a, that is, the first terminal device sends the second Request information.
其中,条件F包括:第一终端设备驻留的小区即将从目标小区重选至目标小区之外的小区,具体可以参见上述方式E的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件F满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己即将离开第一网络设备的覆盖范围,故可能也会离开中继设备的覆盖范围,因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息,以请求第一网络设备指示中继设备关闭转发通道。The condition F includes: the cell where the first terminal equipment is camped is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell. For details, please refer to the introduction of the above method E, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when the condition F is satisfied, the first terminal device can determine that it is about to leave the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also leave the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends a message to the first network device. The second request information is to request the first network device to instruct the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
其中,条件H包括:第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离大于或等于第一阈值,具体可以参见上述方式E的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件H满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己离开中继设备的覆盖范围,因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息,以请求第一网络设备指示中继设备关闭转发通道。The condition H includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold. For details, please refer to the introduction of the above method E, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when the condition H is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has left the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the second request information to the first network device to request the first network device to instruct the relay. The device closes the forwarding channel.
需要说明的是,当第一终端设备已经和第一网络设备建立接入层连接时,通过方案一的相关描述,第一终端设备在接入层连接建立时或者接入层连接建立之后已经向第一网络设备发送了第一标识。此种情况下,第一终端设备可以先向第一网络设备发送第一标识,再在满足条件F和/或条件H的情况下,向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息,如图11c中“方式一”所在的虚线方框所示。当第一终端设备未和第一网络设备建立接入层连接时,第一网络设备在发送第二请求信息之前,第一终端设备确定满足条件F和/或条件H的情况下,向第一网络设备发起随机接入过程并建立接入层连接,按照方案一的相关描述向第一网络设备发送第一标识。在接入层连接建立之后,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息,如图11c中“方式二”所在的虚线方框所示。It should be noted that when the first terminal device has established an access layer connection with the first network device, through the relevant description of solution 1, the first terminal device has already communicated to the The first network device sends the first identification. In this case, the first terminal device can first send the first identification to the first network device, and then, if condition F and/or condition H are met, send the second request information to the first network device, as shown in Figure 11c "Method 1" is shown in the dotted box. When the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device, before the first network device sends the second request information, if the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first network device sends a request to the first network device. The network device initiates a random access process and establishes an access layer connection, and sends the first identifier to the first network device according to the relevant description of solution one. After the access layer connection is established, the first terminal device sends the second request information to the first network device, as shown in the dotted box where "Method 2" is located in Figure 11c.
如图11c所示,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备接收第一标识和第二请求信息之后,第一网络设备基于第一标识,以及阶段一获取的第一关联关系,确定第一终端设备与第一中继设备有关联关系,然后,第一网络设备基于条件e2向中继设备发送第三指示信息。也就是说,第一网络设备接收第二请求信息之后,执行S542。As shown in Figure 11c, for the first network device, after the first network device receives the first identification and the second request information, the first network device determines the first identification based on the first identification and the first association relationship obtained in stage one. A terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device, and then the first network device sends third indication information to the relay device based on condition e2. That is to say, after receiving the second request information, the first network device executes S542.
方式H:第一网络设备根据条件e2且第一终端设备使用方案二。也就是说,方式H包括S527、S5412a、S524和S542。Method H: The first network device is based on condition e2 and the first terminal device uses plan 2. That is, mode H includes S527, S5412a, S524, and S542.
如图11d所示,对于第一终端设备,当第一终端设备确定满足条件F和/或条件H的情况下,第一终端设备执行S5412a,即第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息。其中,第二请求信息包括第一标识。As shown in Figure 11d, for the first terminal device, when the first terminal device determines that condition F and/or condition H is met, the first terminal device executes S5412a, that is, the first terminal device sends the second Request information. Wherein, the second request information includes the first identifier.
其中,条件F包括:第一终端设备驻留的小区即将从目标小区重选至目标小区之外的小区,具体可以参见上述方式E的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件F满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己即将离开第一网络设备的覆盖范围,故可能也会离开中继设备的覆盖范围,因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息,以请求第一网络设备指示中继设备关闭转发通道。The condition F includes: the cell where the first terminal equipment is camped is about to be reselected from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell. For details, please refer to the introduction of the above method E, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when the condition F is satisfied, the first terminal device can determine that it is about to leave the coverage of the first network device, and therefore may also leave the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends a message to the first network device. The second request information is to request the first network device to instruct the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
其中,条件H包括:第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离大于或等于第一阈值,具体可以参见上述方式E的介绍,此处不再赘述。应理解,当条件H满足时,第一终端设备能够确定自己离开中继设备的覆盖范围,因此,第一终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求信息,以请求第一网络设备指示中继设备关闭转发通道。The condition H includes: the distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold. For details, please refer to the introduction of the above method E, which will not be described again here. It should be understood that when the condition H is met, the first terminal device can determine that it has left the coverage of the relay device. Therefore, the first terminal device sends the second request information to the first network device to request the first network device to instruct the relay. The device closes the forwarding channel.
如图11d所示,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备接收第二请求信息(第二请求信 息包括第一标识)之后,第一网络设备基于第二请求信息中的第一标识,以及阶段一获取的第一关联关系,确定第一终端设备与第一中继设备有关联关系,然后,第一网络设备基于条件e2向中继设备发送第三指示信息。也就是说,第一网络设备接收第二请求信息之后,执行S542。As shown in Figure 11d, for the first network device, the first network device receives the second request information (the second request information After the information includes the first identifier), the first network device determines that the first terminal device has an association relationship with the first relay device based on the first identifier in the second request information and the first association relationship obtained in stage one, and then, The first network device sends third indication information to the relay device based on condition e2. That is to say, after receiving the second request information, the first network device executes S542.
应理解,本申请实施例通信方法500可以适用于如下三种场景:It should be understood that the communication method 500 in the embodiment of this application can be applicable to the following three scenarios:
作为第一种场景,该场景可以包括阶段一和阶段二。此种场景下,中继设备的转发通道在初始时的工作状态默认是关闭的,通过阶段二的各个步骤来实现转发通道的开启,即本申请实施例通信方法500能够准确、及时地开启中继设备的转发通道。As a first scenario, this scenario can include phase one and phase two. In this scenario, the forwarding channel of the relay device is closed by default in the initial working state, and the forwarding channel is opened through each step of the second phase. That is, the communication method 500 in the embodiment of the present application can be opened accurately and timely. The forwarding channel of the relay device.
作为第二种场景,该场景可以包括阶段一、阶段二和阶段三。此种场景下,中继设备的转发通道在初始时的工作状态默认是关闭的,通过阶段二的各个步骤来实现转发通道的开启,并且,在中继设备的信号覆盖区域内不存在自身关联的终端设备时,通过阶段三的各个步骤来实现转发通道的关闭,即本申请实施例通信方法500能够准确、及时地开启以及关闭中继设备的转发通道。As a second scenario, the scenario may include phase one, phase two, and phase three. In this scenario, the forwarding channel of the relay device is closed by default in the initial working state. The forwarding channel is opened through each step of Phase 2, and there is no self-correlation within the signal coverage area of the relay device. When a terminal device is installed, the forwarding channel is closed through each step of phase three, that is, the communication method 500 in the embodiment of the present application can accurately and timely open and close the forwarding channel of the relay device.
作为第三种场景,该场景可以包括阶段一和阶段三。此种场景下,中继设备的转发通道在初始时的工作状态默认是开启的,在中继设备的信号覆盖区域内不存在自身关联的终端设备时,通过阶段三的各个步骤来实现转发通道的关闭,即本申请实施例通信方法500能够准确、及时地关闭中继设备的转发通道。As a third scenario, this scenario can include Phase One and Phase Three. In this scenario, the forwarding channel of the relay device is enabled by default in the initial working state. When there is no associated terminal device within the signal coverage area of the relay device, the forwarding channel is implemented through each step of phase three. closure, that is, the communication method 500 in the embodiment of the present application can accurately and timely close the forwarding channel of the relay device.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请实施例还提供了通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的网元,或者包含上述网元的装置,或者为可用于网元的部件。可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. Correspondingly, embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device. The communication device may be the network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network element, or a component that can be used for the network element. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function. Persons skilled in the art should easily realize that, with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
示例性的,图12a和图12b示出了一种通信装置1200的结构示意图。该通信装置1200包括:处理器1201、通信接口1202、存储器1203。可选的,通信装置还可以包括总线1204。其中,通信接口1202、处理器1201以及存储器1203可以通过总线1204相互连接;总线1204可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。所述总线1204可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图12a和图12b中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。For example, FIG. 12a and FIG. 12b show a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200. The communication device 1200 includes: a processor 1201, a communication interface 1202, and a memory 1203. Optionally, the communication device may also include a bus 1204. Among them, the communication interface 1202, the processor 1201 and the memory 1203 can be connected to each other through the bus 1204; the bus 1204 can be a peripheral component interconnect standard (peripheral component interconnect, PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus etc. The bus 1204 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figures 12a and 12b, but this does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
其中,处理器1201可以是CPU,通用处理器,专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。Among them, the processor 1201 can be a CPU, a general-purpose processor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, Hardware components or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with this disclosure. The processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and microprocessors, and so on.
示例性的,图12a的通信装置1200可以为本申请实施例通信方法500中的第一终端设备,处理器1201用于支持第一终端设备执行处理操作。通信接口1202用于支持第一终端设 备执行收发操作。或者,图12a的通信装置1200可以为本申请实施例通信方法500中的中继设备,处理器1201用于支持中继设备执行处理操作。通信接口1202用于支持中继设备执行收发操作。或者,图12a的通信装置1200可以为本申请实施例通信方法500中的第一网络设备,处理器1201用于支持第一网络设备执行处理操作。通信接口1202用于支持第一网络设备执行收发操作。For example, the communication device 1200 in Figure 12a may be the first terminal device in the communication method 500 in this embodiment of the application, and the processor 1201 is used to support the first terminal device to perform processing operations. The communication interface 1202 is used to support the first terminal device Prepare to perform sending and receiving operations. Alternatively, the communication device 1200 in Figure 12a may be a relay device in the communication method 500 in this embodiment of the present application, and the processor 1201 is used to support the relay device to perform processing operations. The communication interface 1202 is used to support the relay device to perform sending and receiving operations. Alternatively, the communication device 1200 in Figure 12a may be the first network device in the communication method 500 in this embodiment of the present application, and the processor 1201 is used to support the first network device to perform processing operations. The communication interface 1202 is used to support the first network device to perform sending and receiving operations.
再一种可能的示例中,以图12b的通信装置1200为中继设备为例,进行介绍:In another possible example, taking the communication device 1200 in Figure 12b as a relay device as an example, the introduction is as follows:
相比于图12a所示的通信装置1200而言,图12b所示的通信装置1200还包括转发器1205。其中,处理器1201、通信接口1202、存储器1203和总线1204可以参见图12a的介绍,此处不再赘述。Compared with the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12a, the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12b further includes a repeater 1205. Among them, the processor 1201, communication interface 1202, memory 1203 and bus 1204 can be referred to the introduction in Figure 12a and will not be described again here.
在图5、图6或图9中,转发器1205用于向第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,转发器1205用于向第一终端设备转发来自第一网络设备的下行信息。也就是说,前文所述开启转发通道,可以理解为,开启转发器1205。前文所述关闭转发通道,可以理解为,关闭转发器1205。转发器1205可以包括RF器件、功率放大器等,详见图2b中转发模块的介绍,此处不再赘述。In Figure 5, Figure 6 or Figure 9, the repeater 1205 is used to forward the uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the repeater 1205 is used to forward the uplink information from the first network to the first terminal device. Downlink information of the device. That is to say, opening the forwarding channel as mentioned above can be understood as opening the forwarder 1205. Closing the forwarding channel as mentioned above can be understood as closing the forwarder 1205. The transponder 1205 may include an RF device, a power amplifier, etc. For details, see the introduction of the transponder module in Figure 2b and will not be described again here.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种携带计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述实施例所介绍的方法。Optionally, embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product carrying computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute the method described in the above embodiments.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述实施例所介绍的方法。Optionally, embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute the method described in the above embodiments.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,包括:处理电路和收发电路,处理电路和收发电路用于实现上述实施例所介绍的方法。其中,处理电路用于执行相应方法中的处理动作,收发电路用于执行相应方法中的接收/发送的动作。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, including: a processing circuit and a transceiver circuit. The processing circuit and the transceiver circuit are used to implement the method introduced in the above embodiment. The processing circuit is used to perform the processing actions in the corresponding method, and the transceiver circuit is used to perform the receiving/transmitting actions in the corresponding method.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state drive,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state drives (SSD)) wait.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个模块或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或模块的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性或其它的形式。 In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple modules or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules, and may be in electrical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个设备上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple devices. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本申请可借助软件加必需的通用硬件的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在可读取的存储介质中,如计算机的软盘,硬盘或光盘等,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the above description of the implementation, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present application can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general hardware. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is a better implementation. . Based on this understanding, the essence or the contribution part of the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, such as a computer floppy disk, a hard disk or an optical disk. etc., including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application shall be covered by the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (25)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    第一网络设备确定满足第一条件,其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:The first network device determines that a first condition is met, wherein the first condition includes at least one of the following:
    第一终端设备从第一小区切换到目标小区内,或者,所述第一终端设备在所述目标小区内发起随机接入;所述目标小区对应的网络设备为所述第一网络设备;The first terminal device switches from the first cell to the target cell, or the first terminal device initiates random access in the target cell; the network device corresponding to the target cell is the first network device;
    所述第一网络设备接收到来自所述第一终端设备的第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息请求开启中继设备中的转发通道;The first network device receives first request information from the first terminal device, and the first request information requests opening of a forwarding channel in the relay device;
    所述第一网络设备向所述中继设备发送第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息指示所述中继设备开启所述转发通道;所述转发通道用于向所述第一网络设备转发来自所述第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,所述转发通道用于向所述第一终端设备转发来自所述第一网络设备的下行信息;所述中继设备与所述第一终端设备关联。The first network device sends first instruction information to the relay device; wherein the first instruction information instructs the relay device to open the forwarding channel; the forwarding channel is used to send messages to the first network The device forwards uplink information from the first terminal device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device; the relay device and the First terminal device association.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备向所述中继设备发送第一指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, before the first network device sends the first indication information to the relay device, the method further includes:
    所述第一网络设备根据第一标识和第一关联关系,确定所述中继设备与所述第一终端设备关联,其中,所述第一标识用于标识所述第一终端设备,所述第一关联关系指示所述中继设备与所述第一终端设备关联。The first network device determines that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device according to a first identification and a first association relationship, wherein the first identification is used to identify the first terminal device, and the The first association relationship indicates that the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 2, further comprising:
    所述第一网络设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述第一标识。The first network device receives the first identification from the first terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 2, characterized in that:
    所述第一请求信息包括所述第一标识。The first request information includes the first identification.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备根据所述第一标识和第一关联关系,确定所述中继设备与所述第一终端设备关联之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, characterized in that, according to the first identification and the first association relationship, the first network device determines that the relay device and the first terminal device Before association, the method also includes:
    所述第一网络设备接收来自所述中继设备的第二指示信息;The first network device receives second indication information from the relay device;
    其中,所述第二指示信息至少指示所述中继设备与所述第一终端设备具有关联关系。Wherein, the second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 5, characterized in that:
    所述第二指示信息至少包括所述第一标识;或者,The second indication information at least includes the first identification; or,
    所述第二指示信息至少包括所述第一标识和第二标识;The second indication information includes at least the first identification and the second identification;
    其中,所述第一标识用于标识所述第一终端设备,所述第二标识用于标识所述中继设备。Wherein, the first identification is used to identify the first terminal device, and the second identification is used to identify the relay device.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 6, characterized in that:
    所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的国际移动用户识别码IMSI;或者,The first identification is the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI of the first terminal device; or,
    所述第一标识为所述第一终端设备的网卡的媒体接入控制MAC地址;或者,The first identifier is the media access control MAC address of the network card of the first terminal device; or,
    所述第二标识为所述中继设备的IMSI;或者,The second identification is the IMSI of the relay device; or,
    所述第二标识为所述中继设备的网卡的MAC地址。The second identifier is the MAC address of the network card of the relay device.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-7, characterized in that,
    在所述第一网络设备向所述中继设备发送第一指示信息之后,所述方法还包括:After the first network device sends the first indication information to the relay device, the method further includes:
    所述第一网络设备确定满足第二条件,其中,所述第二条件包括以下至少一项:The first network device determines that a second condition is met, wherein the second condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一终端设备从所述目标小区切换到第一小区;The first terminal device switches from the target cell to the first cell;
    所述第一网络设备接收到来自所述第一终端设备的第二请求信息,所述第二请求信 息请求关闭所述转发通道;The first network device receives second request information from the first terminal device, and the second request information information request to close the forwarding channel;
    所述第一网络设备向所述中继设备发送第三指示信息,或者,在满足第三条件的情况下,所述第一网络设备向所述中继设备发送所述第三指示信息;The first network device sends third indication information to the relay device, or, if a third condition is met, the first network device sends the third indication information to the relay device;
    其中,所述第三条件包括:所述中继设备关联的所有终端设备中,除所述第一终端设备之外的终端设备从所述目标小区切换到除所述目标小区之外的小区;所述第三指示信息指示所述中继设备关闭所述转发通道。Wherein, the third condition includes: among all terminal devices associated with the relay device, a terminal device other than the first terminal device switches from the target cell to a cell other than the target cell; The third instruction information instructs the relay device to close the forwarding channel.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息;The relay device receives first indication information from the first network device;
    所述中继设备根据所述第一指示信息,开启转发通道;其中,所述中继设备包括所述转发通道;所述转发通道用于向所述第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,所述转发通道用于向所述第一终端设备转发来自所述第一网络设备的下行信息;所述中继设备与所述第一终端设备关联。The relay device opens a forwarding channel according to the first instruction information; wherein the relay device includes the forwarding channel; the forwarding channel is used to forward the packet from the first terminal device to the first network device. Uplink information, and/or, the forwarding channel is used to forward downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device; the relay device is associated with the first terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述中继设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that, before the relay device receives the first indication information from the first network device, the method further includes:
    所述中继设备向所述第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;The relay device sends second indication information to the first network device;
    其中,所述第二指示信息至少指示所述中继设备与所述第一终端设备具有关联关系。Wherein, the second indication information at least indicates that the relay device has an association relationship with the first terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述中继设备向所述第一网络设备发送第二指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, characterized in that, before the relay device sends the second indication information to the first network device, the method further includes:
    所述中继设备发送广播消息;The relay device sends a broadcast message;
    所述中继设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的响应消息;其中,所述响应消息包括所述第一标识;或者,所述响应消息用于所述中继设备确定建立第一连接,所述第一连接是所述中继设备与所述第一终端设备之间的连接,所述第一连接用于传输所述第一标识。The relay device receives a response message from the first terminal device; wherein the response message includes the first identification; or the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish a first connection, so The first connection is a connection between the relay device and the first terminal device, and the first connection is used to transmit the first identification.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述响应消息还用于所述中继设备确定自身与所述第一终端设备关联。The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the response message is also used by the relay device to determine that it is associated with the first terminal device.
  13. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    第一终端设备确定满足第三条件,其中,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:The first terminal device determines that a third condition is met, wherein the third condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一终端设备能够接收到来自第一网络设备的第一同步信号块SSB,且所述第一SSB所对应的小区标识与目标小区的标识相同;或者,The first terminal device can receive the first synchronization signal block SSB from the first network device, and the cell identity corresponding to the first SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell; or,
    所述第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离小于或等于第一阈值;The distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold;
    所述第一终端设备向所述第一网络设备发送第一请求信息;其中,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述第一网络设备开启中继设备中的转发通道;所述转发通道用于向所述第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,所述转发通道用于向所述第一终端设备转发来自所述第一网络设备的下行信息;所述第一终端设备与所述中继设备关联。The first terminal device sends first request information to the first network device; wherein the first request information is used to request the first network device to open a forwarding channel in the relay device; the forwarding channel is The forwarding channel is used to forward the uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward the downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device; the third A terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 13, characterized in that:
    所述第一请求信息包括第一标识,所述第一标识用于标识所述第一终端设备;所述第一标识用于所述第一网络设备确定所述第一终端设备与所述中继设备关联。The first request information includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device; the first identifier is used by the first network device to determine whether the first terminal device is the same as the first terminal device. Follow device association.
  15. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    第一终端设备确定满足第三条件,其中,所述第三条件包括以下至少一项:The first terminal device determines that a third condition is met, wherein the third condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一终端设备能够接收到来自第一网络设备的第一同步信号块SSB,且所述第 一SSB所对应的小区标识与目标小区的标识相同;或者,The first terminal device can receive the first synchronization signal block SSB from the first network device, and the first The cell identity corresponding to an SSB is the same as the identity of the target cell; or,
    所述第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离小于或等于第一阈值;The distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is less than or equal to the first threshold;
    所述第一终端设备向所述第一网络设备发送第一标识;所述第一标识用于标识所述第一终端设备,所述第一标识用于所述第一网络设备确定所述第一终端设备与中继设备关联。The first terminal device sends a first identification to the first network device; the first identification is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identification is used by the first network device to determine the first A terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一终端设备向所述第一网络设备发送第一标识之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 15, characterized in that, before the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device, the method further includes:
    若所述第一终端设备未和所述第一网络设备建立接入层连接,则所述第一终端设备向所述第一网络设备发起接入层连接,其中,所述接入层连接用于发送所述第一标识。If the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device, the first terminal device initiates an access layer connection to the first network device, where the access layer connection uses to send the first identifier.
  17. 根据权利要求13-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 13-16, characterized in that,
    所述第一终端设备还满足第四条件;The first terminal device also satisfies the fourth condition;
    其中,所述第四条件包括:所述第一终端设备有业务数据传输需求。Wherein, the fourth condition includes: the first terminal device has service data transmission requirements.
  18. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    第一终端设备确定满足第五条件,其中,所述第五条件包括以下至少一项:The first terminal device determines that the fifth condition is met, wherein the fifth condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一终端设备驻留的小区即将从目标小区重选至所述目标小区之外的小区,所述目标小区是所述第一网络设备对应的小区;或者,The cell where the first terminal equipment resides is about to be reselected from a target cell to a cell outside the target cell, and the target cell is the cell corresponding to the first network equipment; or,
    所述第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离大于或等于第一阈值;The distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
    所述第一终端设备向所述第一网络设备发送第二请求信息;其中,所述第二请求信息用于请求所述第一网络设备关闭中继设备中的转发通道,所述转发通道用于向所述第一网络设备转发来自第一终端设备的上行信息,和/或,所述转发通道用于向所述第一终端设备转发来自所述第一网络设备的下行信息;所述第一终端设备与所述中继设备关联。The first terminal device sends second request information to the first network device; wherein the second request information is used to request the first network device to close a forwarding channel in the relay device, and the forwarding channel is The forwarding channel is used to forward the uplink information from the first terminal device to the first network device, and/or the forwarding channel is used to forward the downlink information from the first network device to the first terminal device; the third A terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 18, characterized in that:
    所述第二请求信息包括第一标识,其中,所述第一标识用于标识所述第一终端设备;所述第一标识用于所述第一网络设备确定所述第一终端设备与所述中继设备关联。The second request information includes a first identifier, where the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device; the first identifier is used by the first network device to determine whether the first terminal device is the same as the first terminal device. Described relay device association.
  20. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    第一终端设备确定满足第五条件,其中,所述第五条件包括以下至少一项:The first terminal device determines that the fifth condition is met, wherein the fifth condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一终端设备驻留的小区即将从目标小区重选至所述目标小区之外的小区,所述目标小区是所述第一网络设备对应的小区;或者,The cell where the first terminal equipment resides is about to be reselected from a target cell to a cell outside the target cell, and the target cell is the cell corresponding to the first network equipment; or,
    所述第一终端设备所处的位置与目标位置之间的距离大于或等于第一阈值;The distance between the location of the first terminal device and the target location is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
    所述第一终端设备向所述第一网络设备发送第一标识;其中,所述第一标识用于标识所述第一终端设备,所述第一标识用于所述第一网络设备确定所述第一终端设备与所述中继设备关联。The first terminal device sends a first identifier to the first network device; wherein the first identifier is used to identify the first terminal device, and the first identifier is used by the first network device to determine the The first terminal device is associated with the relay device.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一终端设备向所述第一网络设备发送第一标识之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20, characterized in that, before the first terminal device sends the first identification to the first network device, the method further includes:
    若所述第一终端设备未和所述第一网络设备建立接入层连接,所述第一终端设备向所述第一网络设备发起接入层连接,其中,所述接入层连接用于发送所述第一标识。If the first terminal device does not establish an access layer connection with the first network device, the first terminal device initiates an access layer connection to the first network device, wherein the access layer connection is used to Send the first identification.
  22. 根据权利要求13-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13-21, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一终端设备接收来自所述中继设备的广播消息;The first terminal device receives a broadcast message from the relay device;
    所述第一终端设备向所述中继设备发送响应消息,其中,所述响应消息包括所述第一标识;或者,所述响应消息用于所述中继设备确定建立第一连接,所述第一连接是所述中继设 备与所述第一终端设备之间的连接,所述第一连接用于传输所述第一标识。The first terminal device sends a response message to the relay device, wherein the response message includes the first identification; or the response message is used by the relay device to determine to establish a first connection, and the The first connection is the relay device A connection between the device and the first terminal device, the first connection being used to transmit the first identification.
  23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器,所述处理器和所述存储器耦合,所述存储器存储有程序指令,当所述存储器存储的程序指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-22中任意一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a processor and a memory, the processor is coupled to the memory, the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions stored in the memory are executed by the processor, The communication device is caused to perform the method according to any one of claims 1-22.
  24. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和输入输出接口,所述输入输出接口用于接收来自所述芯片之外的其它装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述芯片之外的其它装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1-22中任意一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor and an input-output interface. The input-output interface is used to receive signals from other devices other than the chip and transmit them to the processor or to transfer signals from the processor. The signal is sent to other devices outside the chip, and the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-22 through logic circuits or execution of code instructions.
  25. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-22中任意一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the computer program is run on a communication device, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of claims 1-22. method described in one item.
PCT/CN2023/093181 2022-05-23 2023-05-10 Communication method and apparatus WO2023226759A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210562194 2022-05-23
CN202210562194.9 2022-05-23
CN202210726875.4A CN117155720A (en) 2022-05-23 2022-06-24 Communication method and device
CN202210726875.4 2022-06-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023226759A1 true WO2023226759A1 (en) 2023-11-30

Family

ID=88884873

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/093181 WO2023226759A1 (en) 2022-05-23 2023-05-10 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117155720A (en)
WO (1) WO2023226759A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110089086A (en) * 2016-12-27 2019-08-02 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method of relay transmission, relevant device and system
US20210037574A1 (en) * 2019-08-01 2021-02-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Power saving of smart repeaters
CN113543054A (en) * 2021-06-25 2021-10-22 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Relay service method and device
WO2021217379A1 (en) * 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 华为技术有限公司 State transition method and apparatus of relay apparatus

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110089086A (en) * 2016-12-27 2019-08-02 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method of relay transmission, relevant device and system
US20210037574A1 (en) * 2019-08-01 2021-02-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Power saving of smart repeaters
WO2021217379A1 (en) * 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 华为技术有限公司 State transition method and apparatus of relay apparatus
CN113543054A (en) * 2021-06-25 2021-10-22 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Relay service method and device

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Radio Access network; Study on NR network-controlled repeaters; (Release 18)", 3GPP TR 38.867, no. V0.1.0, 26 May 2022 (2022-05-26), pages 1 - 12, XP052183001 *
SAMSUNG: "Side control information to enable NR network-controlled repeaters", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #109-E R1-2203921, 29 April 2022 (2022-04-29), XP052153259 *
ZTE: "Discussion on side control information to enable NR network-controlled", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #109-E R1-2203237, 29 April 2022 (2022-04-29), XP052152882 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117155720A (en) 2023-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN107431544B (en) Method and apparatus for device-to-device communication
WO2018113357A1 (en) Paging processing method and device
JP7490676B2 (en) COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EXTENDED DIRECT LINK COMMUNICATION - Patent application
CN109565738B (en) System and method for efficient connection establishment and communication for power sensitive devices
JP6554241B1 (en) Providing special radio provisions for user equipment with limited link budget at activation time
WO2020077577A1 (en) Data packet transmission method and device
WO2022036555A1 (en) Relay transmission method, relay terminal and remote terminal
WO2016023324A1 (en) Terminal-based communication method and terminal
WO2023016501A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data
WO2021042310A1 (en) Method for switching communication system, and communication apparatus
US20170230793A1 (en) Systems and methods for switching wireless communication technologies
JP2014007500A (en) Radio communication system and base station
WO2017215469A1 (en) System and method for paging in a communications system
WO2023226759A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021031099A1 (en) Method and apparatus for forwarding data among network nodes in maritime network
WO2023011385A1 (en) Configuration parameter update method and apparatus
JP2024510071A (en) State transition method, apparatus, device and storage medium
US20230180046A1 (en) Sl and wlan interworking method and apparatus and communication device
WO2022082434A1 (en) Method for communication between terminals, and terminal device and network device
WO2023116740A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023087262A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024169678A1 (en) Sidelink communication method, and apparatus
WO2023202503A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024087116A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023173405A1 (en) Relay communication method, initiating terminal, relay terminal and target terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23810832

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1